10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

þ Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015.

¨ Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission file number 1-8777

VIRCO MFG. CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

DELAWARE	95-1613718
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(IRS Employer Identification No.)
2027 Harpers Way, Torrance, California	90501
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (310) 533-0474

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Name of each exchange on which registered:
Common Stock, $0.01 Par Value	NASDAQ

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the issuer is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No þ

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes ¨ No þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes þ No ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer ¨	Accelerated filer ¨	Non-accelerated filer ¨	Smaller reporting company þ
		(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.) Yes ¨ No þ

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on July 31, 2014, was $36 million (based upon the closing price of the registrant’s common stock on such day, as reported by the NASDAQ).

As of April 1, 2015, there were 14,852,640 shares of the registrant’s common stock ($0.01 par value) outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K as set forth herein.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Page numbers
PART I
Item 1. Business	3
Item 1A. Risk Factors	13
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments	19
Item 2. Properties	19
Item 3. Legal Proceedings	20
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures	20
PART II
Item  5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	21
Item 6. Selected Financial Data	22
Item  7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	23
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	38
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	39
Item  9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures	64
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures	64
Item 9B. Other Information	65
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers of the Registrant and Corporate Governance	66
Item 11. Executive Compensation	66
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	66
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	66
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services	66
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules	67
SIGNATURES	69
POWER OF ATTORNEY	70
EX-10.20
EX-21.1
EX-23.1
EX-31.1
EX-31.2
EX-32.1

2

PART I

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This report on Form 10-K contains a number of “forward-looking statements” that reflect Virco Mfg. Corporation's ( the "Company" or "Virco") current views with respect to future events and financial performance, including, but not limited to, availability of funding for educational institutions, statements regarding plans and objectives of management for future operations, including plans and objectives relating to products, pricing, marketing, expansion, manufacturing processes, and business strategies; the Company's ability to continue to control costs and inventory levels; availability and cost of raw materials, especially steel and petroleum-based products; the availability and cost of labor; the potential impact of the Company's “Assemble-To-Ship” program on earnings; market demand; the Company's ability to position itself in the market; references to current and future investments in and utilization of infrastructure; statements relating to management's beliefs that cash flow from current operations, existing cash reserves, and available lines of credit will be sufficient to support the Company's working capital requirements to fund existing operations; references to expectations of future revenues; pricing; and seasonality.

Such statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors, many of which are out of the Company's control and difficult to forecast, that may cause actual results to differ materially from those which are anticipated. Such factors include, but are not limited to, changes in, or the Company's ability to predict, general economic conditions, the availability and cost of raw materials, the markets for school and office furniture generally and specifically in areas and with customers with which the Company conducts its principal business activities, the rate of approval of school bonds for the construction of new schools, the extent to which existing schools order replacement furniture, customer confidence, competition and other factors included in the “Risk Factors” section of this report.

In this report, words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “expects,” “will continue,” “future,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “projects,” “potential,” “budgets,” “may,” “could” and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof.

Throughout this report, our fiscal years ended January 31, 2011, January 31, 2012, January 31, 2013, January 31, 2014 and January 31, 2015 are referred to as years 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

Please note that this report includes trademarks of Virco, including, but not limited to, the following: ZUMA®, ZUMAfrd™, Ph.D.®, I.Q.®, Virtuoso®, Classic Series™, Martest 21®, Lunada®, Plateau®, Core-a-Gator®, Future Access®, Sigma®, Metaphor®, Telos®, TEXT®, Parameter®, Sage™, Analogy™ and Civitas™. Solely for convenience, from time to time, we refer to our trademarks in this report without the®and ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to our trademarks. In addition, other names and brands included in this report may be claimed by us as well or by third parties.

Item 1. Business

Introduction

Designing, producing and distributing high-value furniture for a diverse family of customers is a 65-year tradition at Virco Mfg. Corporation (“Virco” or the “Company”, or in the first person, “we”, “us” and “our”). Virco was incorporated in California in February 1950, and reincorporated in Delaware in April 1984. Though Virco started as a local manufacturer of chairs and desks for Los Angeles-area schools, over the years, Virco has become the largest manufacturer and supplier of moveable educational furniture and equipment for the preschool through 12th grade market in the United States. The Company manufactures a wide assortment of products, including mobile tables, mobile storage equipment, desks, computer furniture, chairs, activity tables, folding chairs and folding tables. Additionally, Virco has worked with accomplished designers - such as Peter Glass, Richard Holbrook, and Bob Mills - to develop additional products for contemporary applications. These include the best-selling ZUMA Series; the recently introduced Analogy and Civitas furniture collections; Metaphor and Sage Series items for educational settings; the Ph.D. Executive seating line; and the wide-ranging Plateau Series.

Along with serving customers in the education market - which in addition to preschool through 12th grade public and private schools includes: junior and community colleges; four-year colleges and universities; trade, technical and vocational schools - Virco is a leading furniture and equipment supplier for convention centers and arenas; the hospitality industry with respect to banquet and meeting facilities; government facilities at the federal, state, county and municipal levels; and places of worship. We also sell to wholesalers, distributors, traditional retailers and catalog retailers that serve these same markets.

To meet the furniture and equipment needs of our customers, Virco leases a 560,000 sq. ft. office, manufacturing and warehousing facility located on 23.5 acres of land in Torrance, California; this facility includes our corporate headquarters,

3

West Coast showroom, and our West Coast distribution operations. To complement our Torrance-based operations, Virco owns 100 acres of land in Conway, Arkansas, containing 1,200,000 sq. ft. of manufacturing, warehousing, and office space. With high-density storage systems, 70 dock doors dedicated to outbound freight, and substantial yard capacity to store and stage trailers, this facility supports Virco's ability to handle increased sales during our peak summer delivery season and enhances the efficiency with which orders are filled. Virco also operates two other facilities in Conway. The first is a 375,000 sq. ft. factory - acquired in 1954, and expanded and modernized in subsequent years - where a variety of operations take place, including the manufacture of fabricated steel components, chrome plating, and plastic injection-molding; components generated here are transferred to other facilities for assembly into finished goods. The second is a 175,000 sq. ft. manufacturing facility where compression-molded hard plastic components are fabricated and stored.

Because the product needs and preferences of our customers continue to evolve - and in response to competitive furniture and equipment offerings from domestic and offshore suppliers - Virco maintains an active new product development program. We've worked with accomplished designers - such as Peter Glass, Richard Holbrook, and Bob Mills - to introduce exciting furniture and equipment solutions for contemporary applications. Over the past three years, Virco has launched a substantial number of new products, including the following products.

In 2012, to complement the Civitas chair and stool collection, Virco introduced an assortment of Civitas cafe table tops and tulip-shaped table bases. Tops are available in a variety of round, square and “squircle” shaped sizes and can be ordered with three different eye-catching edge profiles, while bases come in three heights to coordinate with the Civitas line's 18”, 25” and 30” seat-height chair and stools. Other 2012 product releases included: a new collection of Sage rocking chairs; 53 Series wardrobe tower cabinets; new Parameter® file credenzas and additional Parameter mobile pedestals; a selection of 24” wide TEXT® seminar tables; Metaphor® sled-based chair/desk combo units; a wheelchair-accessible version of the ZUMA cantilevered single-student desk; CT Series tables with a hand crank mechanism for top height adjustment; new oval mobile tables with attached benches or stools; and several mobile cabinet models with a magnetic marker back.

In 2013, Virco introduced the Analogy™ classroom furniture collection. Designed for Virco by Peter Glass and Bob Mills, the affordable, ergonomically contoured Analogy line includes fixed-height 4-leg chairs, adjustable task chairs and lab stools, steel-frame rockers and a selection of 4-leg and sled-based chair desk combo units. New Agile Combo units - also released in 2013 - provide an appropriate level of mobility to effectively enhance in-class collaboration. Every Agile Combo model has a hooded, twin-wheel soft caster with a “sit-lock” compression-brake on each of its front legs. With this two-caster configuration, Agile Combos - unlike competing units with casters on all four legs - prevent students from “rolling around” disruptively while seated. Instead, when an instructor asks students to move their Agile Combos to facilitate a particular lesson plan, they can do so in an orderly manner by getting out of their seats and using the convenient hand-hold near the top of the Agile Combo backrest. For added stability when units aren’t being moved, the rear legs of Agile Combos have rubber-base swivel glides. Agile Combo models can be ordered with a ZUMA shell, a Sage™ shell or an Analogy shell. Other 2013 product introductions included: a selection of ZUMA and Sage chairs with integral tubular steel arms; several new Parameter desks and workstations, including L-configuration units with curved-corner or notched-corner tops; and wheelchair-accessible ZBOOM single-student desks that support collaborative learning; mobile Textameter™ instructor workstations; and elegant Civitas™ chairs and stools with a contoured plywood seat and back.

In 2014, not only did Virco expand on successful product lines such as TEXT and Sage Contract, but also introduced new seating, desks, and tables. N2™ is the newest, comprehensive seating line geared toward the budget-conscious customers, and includes everything from stack and task chairs to combo units and lab stools. In an effort to broaden Virco’s reach into STEM™ (Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics) based learning solutions, the Tetra Series was developed as a complete line of tables and desks that are suitable for environments ranging from computer labs to seminar training rooms. To round out Virco’s extensive offering of collaborative desks, the Molecule™ is a unique shaped student desk that can be grouped with other Molecules in multiple configurations, or customized with numerous accessories and used as a stand-alone, single student desk.

Virco's flat metal forming and other production capabilities are further enhanced when combined with our Assemble-to-Ship (“ATS”) strategy, which allows for the manufacture and storage of common components during the portion of the year when demand for our product is lower which is then assembled to customer-specific combinations prior to shipment. The combination of flat metal forming and ATS enables Virco to offer various products - including an array of desks at different price points - that provide a variety of furniture solutions for customer applications in a wide range of environments.

As of January 31, 2015, the Company's employment force was approximately 685, manufacturing its products in 1.1 million square feet of fabrication facilities and 1.2 million square feet of assembly and warehousing facilities in Torrance, California and Conway, Arkansas. Additionally, the Company's PlanSCAPE® project management software allows its sales representatives to provide CAD layouts of classrooms, as well as classroom-by-classroom planning documents for the budgeting, acquisition and delivery of furniture, fixtures and equipment (“FF&E”).

4

In recent years, due to budgetary constraints, many schools reduced or eliminated central warehouses, janitorial services, and professional purchasing functions. As a result, fewer school districts administer their own bids, and are more likely to use regional, state, or national contracts. A shift to site-based management combined with reductions in professional purchasing personnel has increased the reliance of schools on suppliers that provide for a variety of needs from one source rather than administering different vendor relationships for each item. In response to these changes, the Company has expanded both the products and the services it provides to its educational customers. Now, in addition to buying furniture FOB Factory, customers can purchase furniture for delivery to warehouses and school sites, and can also purchase full-service furniture delivery that includes the delivery of the furniture in classrooms. Because the Company has been aggressively developing new furniture lines to enhance the range of products it manufactures - and by purchasing furniture and equipment from other companies for re-sale with Virco products - the Company is now able to provide “one-stop shopping” for all FF&E needs in our educational market.

The expansion of the Company's product line combined with the expansion of its services over the years has provided Virco with the ability to serve various markets including the education market (the Company's primary market), which is made up of public and private schools (preschool through 12th grade), junior and community colleges; four-year colleges and universities; and trade, technical and vocational schools. Virco also serves convention centers and arenas; the hospitality industry with respect to banquet and meeting facilities; government facilities at the federal, state, county and municipal levels; and places of worship. In addition, the Company also sells to wholesalers, distributors, traditional, internet and catalog retailers that serve these same markets.

Virco serves its customers through a well-trained, nationwide sales and support team. Virco's educational product line is marketed through an extensive direct sales force, as well as through a growing dealer network. In addition, Virco has a Corporate Sales Group to pursue wholesalers, mail order accounts and national chains where management believes that it is more efficient to have a single sales representative or group service such customers, as they tend to have needs that transcend the geographic boundaries established for Virco's local accounts. The Company also has an array of support services, including complete package solutions for the FF&E line item on school budgets; computer-assisted layout planning; transportation planning; and product delivery, delivery, and repair.

Another important element of Virco's business model is the Company's emphasis on developing and maintaining key manufacturing, assembly, distribution, and service capabilities. For example, Virco has developed competencies in several manufacturing processes that are important to the markets the Company serves, such as finishing systems, plastic molding, metal fabrication and woodworking. Virco's physical facilities are designed to support its ATS strategy. Warehouses have substantial staging areas combined with a large number of dock doors to support the seasonal peak in shipments during summer months.

During the last decade, many furniture manufacturers closed their domestic manufacturing facilities and began importing increasing quantities of furniture from international sources. During this same period, Virco elected to significantly reduce its work force, but retain its domestic factory locations. The Company believes that its domestic manufacturing capabilities are a significant strength. The Company has effectively used product selection, color selection, and dependable execution of delivery to customers to enhance its market position. With increasing costs from international sources and increasing freight costs, our factories are cost-competitive for bulky educational furniture and equipment items. The Company's ATS strategy allows for low-cube component parts to be sourced globally, with fabrication of bulky welded steel frames, wood tops, and larger molded-plastic components to be performed locally. Domestic production of laminated wood tops and molded plastic enables the Company to market a color palette that cannot be matched in a short delivery window by imported finished goods. Domestic assembly allows the Company to use standard ATS components to assemble customer-specific product and color combinations shortly prior to delivery and installation.

Finally, management continues to hone Virco's ability to finance, manufacture and warehouse furniture within the relatively narrow delivery window associated with the highly seasonal demand for education sales. In 2013 and 2014, approximately 50% of the Company's total sales were delivered in June, July, and August with an even higher portion of educational sales delivered in that period. Shipments of furniture during peak weeks in July and August can be six times greater than in the seasonally slow winter months. Virco's substantial warehouse space allows the Company to build adequate inventories to service this narrow delivery window for the education market.

Principal Products

Virco produces the broadest line of furniture for the K-12 market of any manufacturer in the United States. By supplementing products manufactured by Virco with products from other manufacturers, Virco provides a comprehensive product assortment that covers substantially all products and price points that are traditionally included on the FF&E line item on a new school project or school budget. Virco also provides a variety of products for preschool markets and has recently developed products

5

that are targeted for college, university, and corporate learning center environments. The Company has an ambitious and on-going product development program featuring products developed in-house as well as products developed with accomplished designers. The Company's primary furniture lines are constructed of tubular metal legs and frames, combined with wood and plastic tops, plastic seats and backs, upholstered seats and backs, and upholstered rigid polyethylene and polypropylene shells. Virco also has flat metal forming capabilities to enable the production of desks, returns, bookcases, filing cabinets, mobile pedestals and related items.

Virco's principal manufactured products include:

SEATING - The ergonomically supportive ZUMA® line designed by Peter Glass and Bob Mills posted the highest initial-year new product sales total in the Company's history. In addition to fixed-height 4-leg chairs, the ZUMA line includes cantilever chairs; tablet arm chairs with a fixed or articulating work surface and a compact footprint; and steel-frame rockers. The ZUMAfrd™ collection features Fortified Recycled Wood™ hard plastic seats, backrests and work surfaces. ZUMAfrd products have up to 70% recycled content and are 98% recyclable. The Sage™ line, originally designed to serve students in college, university and other adult education settings - and on high school campuses - now offers a 13” and a 15” 4-leg chair and a corresponding pair of cantilever chairs for younger or smaller students; there's also a selection of Sage rockers for K-12 applications and several tablet arm units. Selected adult-height Sage models can also now be ordered with a padded, upholstered seat. Other Virco seating choices include the Metaphor® Series - an updated sequel to Virco's best-selling Classic Series™ furniture with improvements in comfort, ergonomics, stackability, and manufacturing efficiencies - and the Telos® Series, a wide-ranging product line with ergonomically contoured Fortified Recycled Wood components. The Sage Contract line is targeted for offices and reception areas, colleges, hospitality venues and other adult environments. Virco further expanded the Sage Contract line in 2014 with the addition of a mobile tablet-arm workstation that includes an integrated bookrack to further penetrate the higher education market. Civitas™ chairs and stools are intended for foodservice, libraries, media centers, circulation areas, and related areas where people gather. Civitas frames offer several chair bucket styles and options including Zuma, Sage, Analogy, and molded plywood. Additional Virco seating alternatives range from 120, 121 and 122 Series stools to easily-adjustable Ph.D.® task chairs and contoured I.Q.® Series classroom chairs by Richard Holbrook; comfortable, attractive Virtuoso® chairs by Charles Perry; and new Analogy™ Series chairs by Peter Glass and Bob Mills. The N2 Series was designed by Virco and introduced in 2014 as a comprehensive, ergonomic seating line that specifically caters to the budget conscious consumer. Classic Series™ stack chairs and Martest 21® hard plastic seating models are popular choices in schools across America. Along with this range of seating, Virco offers folding chairs and upholstered stack chairs, as well as additional plastic stack chairs and upholstered ergonomic chairs.

TABLES - Virco’s TEXT® table collection for learning environments - designed by Peter Glass and Bob Mills- features heavy-gauge tubular steel and proven Virco construction for extended product life, and elliptical legs, swooping yokes and arched feet for exceptional elegance. Selected TEXT models can be equipped with a variety of technology-support and storage accessories. The 2014 introduction of the TEXT Tilt-Top Height Adjustable Table further expanded Virco’s reach into the seminar, training room, and higher education markets by enhancing the functionality and flexibility of the table while strengthening the Virco and TEXT brands. The all new Tetra™ Series is a versatile collection of tables and student desks suitable for various environments. From classrooms to open-office spaces, the Tetra is simple enough to serve as an everyday workstation but can be customized to suit the needs of a fast paced computer lab or seminar training room. Lunada® tables, combining Virco's popular Lunada bi-point bases with a selection of 20 top sizes, make great choices for seminar, conference and related settings. Designed for Virco by Peter Glass, Plateau® tables bring exceptional versatility, sturdy construction and great styling to working and learning environments. For durable, easy-to-use lightweight folding tables, Virco's Core-a-Gator® models are unsurpassed. When paired with attractive, durable Virco cafe tops, Lunada bases by Peter Glass provide eye-catching table solutions for hospitality settings. Civitas tops and bases provide excellent furniture solutions for casual spaces where people gather. Virco also carries traditional folding tables, CT Series tables with a hand crank mechanism for top height adjustment, activity tables and office tables, as well as the computer tables and mobile tables described below.

COMPUTER FURNITURE - The TEXT and Tetra Series table collections described in the preceding paragraph provides an array of computer furniture choices for learning or business environments; Virco's Flip-Top Technology tables and HWT (Hinged Wire Trough) Technology tables also deliver popular computer furniture solutions. Future Access® computer tables come with an integral wire management panel and all rectangular models have a smooth post-formed front and rear edge. Like our Future Access models, 8700 Series computer tables can be equipped with Virco's functional computing accessories, such as keyboard mouse trays, CPU holders and support columns for optional elevated shelves. In an effort to address the demand for collaborative solutions in a computer lab environment, Virco added the Quarter Round 8700 Series Computer Table that allows multiple tables to be grouped together while maintaining a technology based environment. The Plateau Office Solutions collection offers desks and workstations with technology-support capabilities, while the Plateau Library/Technology Solutions line has specialty tables and other products for computing applications.

6

DESKS/CHAIR DESKS - From the ergonomic and collaborative-learning strengths of our best-selling ZUMA® student desks to the continuing popularity of our traditional Classic Series™ chair desks and combo units, Virco's wide-ranging furniture models can be found in thousands of America's schools. To expand on the popularity of the 785 Student Desk, Virco added a Collaborative Top work surface as an option on all 785 desk models, which facilitates convenient grouping of desks for break-out sessions and classroom collaboration. The Sage Contract saw the addition of an optional bookrack, which combined with the tablet arm and caster options, creates a complete mobile workstation for a variety of environments. The Molecule is a new student desk with a unique shaped collaborative work surface that can be used by a single student or grouped together with multiple Molecules to create various arrangements and group settings. Related products include an array of tablet arm units, new Agile Combo models and new Analogy™ Series combo chair desks. Selected models are available with durable, colorfast Martest 21® or Fortified Recycled Wood™ hard plastic components. For teachers, principals and district administrators - and for business environments - Virco offers an extensive range of Parameter® desks, returns and credenzas designed by Peter Glass and Bob Mills. Textameter™ mobile workstations provide additional furniture choices for educators.

ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE FURNITURE - In addition to the Plateau® Office Solutions, Parameter®, and Textameter™ product lines, Virco manufactures a selection of desks, returns, bookcases and other items that employ the Company's flat metal forming capabilities. These products include 53 Series steel storage cabinets, an expanded range of 53 Series lateral files, and special versions of 543 and 546 Series desks with wire management capabilities. Other products range from 53 Series wardrobe tower cabinets and Parameter file credenzas to Parameter mobile pedestals and Plateau bookcases in popular 36” wide and 48” wide models that work in classroom settings and related educational environments as well as administrative offices.

LABORATORY FURNITURE - For biology and chemistry classes, and other school- and college-based lab settings, Virco offers a variety of steel-based science tables. Virco manufactures the table bases of these items and equips them with specialty Chemsurf® and epoxy resin tops. Virco's ZUMA®, Sage™, Telos®, Metaphor®, I.Q.®, Classic Series™, and 3000 Series collections include pneumatically adjustable lab stools with high-range seat-height adjustment and a steel foot-ring. Virco also carries a selection of wood-frame science tables with Chemsurf and epoxy resin tops.

MOBILE FURNITURE - Cafeterias are perfect venues for the ever-popular Virco mobile tables - including a selection of oval mobile tables with attached benches or stools - while classrooms benefit from the spacious storage capacity of Virco mobile cabinets; additional mobile cabinet models with a magnetic marker back are available. ADA compliant Mobile Bench & Stool Tables were also introduced to the Virco line of mobile products in 2014 to expand on our wheelchair accessible solutions. An array of Virco product lines includes mobile chairs for school settings and offices.

STORAGE EQUIPMENT - For moving selected Virco chairs and folding tables, the Company carries a wide range of handling and storage equipment. For our convention center, arena, and auditorium customers, Virco also manufactures stackable storage trucks that work with Virco upholstered stack chairs, folding chairs and folding tables.

Virco's wide-ranging product selection includes hundreds of furniture models that are certified the Greenguard® Children & Schools Program for indoor air quality. In 2005 Virco's ZUMA and ZUMAfrd™ products earned the distinction of being the first classroom furniture models to be certified by the Greenguard Children & Schools Program, now known as Greenguard Gold certification. All of the models in the Company's most recently introduced product lines - including Analogy™ furniture models and Textameter™ instructor workstations - are Greenguard-certified. Along with Virco's leadership relative to Greenguard-certified furniture, the Company also introduced the classroom furniture industry's first Take-Back program in 2006, enabling qualifying schools, colleges, universities, and other organizations and customers to return selected out-of-service furniture components for recycling rather than sending these items to a landfill.

In order to provide a comprehensive product offering for the education market, the Company supplements Virco-manufactured products with items purchased for re-sale, including wood and steel office furniture, early learning products for pre-school and kindergarten classrooms, science laboratory furniture, and library tables, chairs and equipment. Virco now offers customized, space-efficient workstations by Interior Concepts™ for technology and language labs, media centers, computer classrooms, reception areas and offices. Interior Concepts is one of the many vendors with which the Company partners in order to effectively position Virco as the preferred one-stop furniture and equipment source for K-12 schools. None of the products from vendor partners accounted for more than 10% of consolidated revenues in 2014.

To complement Virco's extensive selection of furniture and equipment, we offer customers a variety of valuable services in connection with the purchase of Virco products; revenues from these service levels are included in the purchase price of the furniture items. In addition to giving customers the option of purchasing Virco products and making their own delivery arrangements, Virco provides three levels of delivery service. When customers choose Standard Delivery - also known as tailgate delivery - the delivery driver is responsible for moving the customer's goods to the tailgate of the truck only; therefore, the customer must have personnel on hand to unload the truck. For additional charges Virco also offers Inside Delivery (no

7

installation), or Full-Service Delivery (delivered and placed in the classroom). To assist customers involved with FF&E purchases for new school construction projects or school renovations, Virco's PlanSCAPE® service provides room-by-room computerized layout planning and full FF&E project management.

Customers

Virco's major customers include educational institutions, convention centers and arenas, hospitality providers, government facilities, and places of worship. No customer accounted for more than 10% of Virco's consolidated revenues during 2014.

Raw Materials

Virco purchases steel, aluminum, plastic, polyurethane, polyethylene, polypropylene, plywood, particleboard, medium density fiberboard (MDF), cartons and other raw materials from many different sources for the manufacture of its principal products. Management believes the Company is not more vulnerable with respect to the sources and availability of these raw materials than other manufacturers of similar products. The Company's largest raw material cost is for steel, followed by plastics and wood.

The price of these commodities, particularly steel and plastic, can be volatile. Historically the Company has experienced years where the price of steel, plastic, and wood have spiked significantly; often as a result of global demand but also in response to domestic supply interruptions. During 2012, 2013, and 2014 the cost of steel, plastic, and wood remained stable.

In addition to the raw materials described above, the Company purchases components used in the fabrication and assembly of furniture from a variety of overseas locations, but primarily from China. These components are classified as raw materials in the financial statements until such time that the components are consumed in a fabrication or assembly processes. These components are sourced from a variety of factories, none of which are owned or operated by the Company. Costs for these imported components increased moderately during each of the last three years, and are expected to increase moderately in 2015.

With respect to the Company's annual contracts (or those contracts that have longer terms), the Company may have limited ability to increase prices during the term of the contract. The Company has, however, negotiated increased flexibility under many of these contracts, allowing the Company to increase prices on future orders. Nevertheless, even with respect to these more flexible contracts, the Company does not have the ability to increase prices on orders received prior to any announced price increases. Due to the intensely seasonal nature of our business, the Company may receive significant orders during the first and second quarters for delivery in the second and third quarters. With respect to any of the contracts described above, if the costs of raw materials increase suddenly or unexpectedly, the Company cannot be certain that it will be able to implement corresponding increases in its sales prices in order to offset such increased costs. Significant cost increases in providing products during a given contract period can adversely impact operating results and have done so during prior years. The Company typically benefits from any decreases in raw material costs under the contracts described above.

Marketing and Distribution

Virco serves its customers through a well-trained, nationwide sales and support team, as well as a dealer network. In addition, Virco has a Corporate Sales Group to pursue wholesalers, mail order accounts and national chains where management believes it would be more efficient to have a single sales representative or group approach such persons, as they tend to have needs that transcend the geographic boundaries established for Virco's local accounts.

Virco's educational product line is marketed through what management believes to be the largest direct sales force of any education furniture manufacturer. The Company's approach to servicing its customer base is very flexible, and is tailored to best meet the needs of individual customers and regions. When considered to be most efficient, the sales force will call directly upon school business officials, who may include purchasing agents or individual school principals where site-based management is practiced. Where it is considered advantageous, the Company will use large exclusive distributors and full-service dealer partners. The Company's direct sales force is considered to be an important competitive advantage over competitors who rely primarily upon dealer networks for distribution of their products.

Virco's sales force is assisted by the Company's proprietary PlanSCAPE® software and experienced PlanSCAPE managers when preparing complete package solutions for the FF&E segment of bond-funded public school construction projects. PlanSCAPE software also enables the entire Virco sales force to prepare quotations for less complicated projects.

8

A significant portion of Virco's business is awarded through annual bids with school districts or other buying groups used by school districts. These bids are typically valid for one year. Many contracts contain penalty, performance, and debarment provisions that can result in debarment for a number of years, a financial penalty, or calling of performance bonds.

Sales of commercial and contract furniture are made throughout the United States by distributorships and by Company sales representatives who service the distributorship network. Virco representatives call directly upon state and local governments, convention centers, individual hospitality venues, places of worship and mass merchants. This market includes colleges and universities, preschools, private schools, and office training facilities, which typically purchase furniture through commercial channels.

The Company sells to thousands of customers, and, as such no single customer represented more than 10 percent of the Company's consolidated revenues in 2014. Significant purchases of furniture using public funds often require annual bids or some form of “authorization” to purchase goods or services from a vendor. This authorization can include state contracts, local and national buying groups, or local school districts that “piggyback” on the bid of a larger district. In virtually all cases, purchase orders and payments are processed by the individual school districts, even though the contract pricing may be determined by a state contract, national or local buying group, or consortium of school districts. Schools usually can purchase from more than one contract or purchasing vehicle, if they are participants in buying groups as well as being eligible for a state or national contract.

Virco is the exclusive supplier of movable classroom furniture for one nationwide purchasing organization under which many of our customers price their furniture. See “Risk Factors : Approximately 50% of our sales are priced through one contract, under which we are the exclusive supplier of classroom furniture.” Sales priced under this contract represented approximately 51% of sales in 2014, 49% of sales in 2013, and 49% of Virco's sales in 2012. In 2008, the Company was awarded a three-year contract with this purchasing organization extending through 2011 and three one-year extensions extending through 2014. In 2014, the Company was awarded a three year extension through 2017. If Virco were unable to sell under this contract, we believe we would be able to sell to the vast majority of our customers under alternative contracts.

The Company’s education customers typically do not have logistic capabilities and more than 75 % of sales are FOB destination, and include freight to customer. Approximately 90% of the Company’s freight is supplied by third party carriers. Utilizing third party carriers is an effective method of addressing the significant seasonal peak in summer and moderating excess capacity issues in the slow season. Reliance on third party carriers can expose the Company to freight rate volatility, fuel surcharges, and to capacity constraints in the transportation industry. Historically, the Company has been able to obtain adequate capacity from freight vendors to service the summer season. During 2014 the Company experienced a shortage of capacity in the market and anticipates that this shortage will continue at least through 2015.

Seasonality

The educational sales market is extremely seasonal. Approximately 50% of the Company's total sales in 2014 were delivered in June, July, and August with an even higher portion of educational sales delivered in that period. Shipments during peak weeks in July and August can be as great as six times the level of shipments in the winter months.

Working Capital Requirements During Our “Peak” Summer Season

As discussed above, the market for educational furniture and equipment is marked by extreme seasonality, with the majority of shipments occurring from June to August each year, which is the Company's peak season. As a result of this seasonality, Virco builds and carries significant amounts of inventory during the peak summer season to facilitate the rapid delivery requirements of customers in the educational market. This requires a large up-front investment in raw materials and components, labor, storage and related costs as inventory is built in anticipation of peak sales during the summer months. As the capital required for this build-up generally exceeds cash available from operations, Virco has historically relied on bank financing to meet cash flow requirements during the build-up period immediately preceding the high season. Currently, the Company has a line of credit with PNC Bank to assist in meeting cash flow requirements as inventory is built for, and business is transacted during, the peak summer season.

In addition, Virco typically is faced with a large balance of accounts receivable during the peak season. This occurs for three primary reasons. First, accounts receivable balances naturally increase during the peak season as product shipments increase. Second, many customers during this period are government institutions, which tend to pay accounts receivable more slowly than commercial customers. Third, many summer deliveries may be “projects” where the Company provides furniture for a new school or significant refurbishment of an existing school. Projects may require architect sign off, school board approval prior to payment, or punch list completion, all of which can delay payment. Virco has historically enjoyed high levels of collectability on these accounts receivable due to the low-credit risk associated with such customers. Nevertheless, due to the

9

time differential between inventory build-up in anticipation of the peak season and the collection on accounts receivable throughout the peak season, the Company must rely on external sources of financing.

As a result of the seasonality of our business, our manufacturing capacity is dictated by the capacity requirement during the months of June, July, and August. Because of this seasonality, factory utilization is lower during the slow season. The Company utilizes a variety of tactics to address this seasonal business. During the summer months, which comprise our second and third fiscal quarters, our full time personnel utilization generally is at or exceeds full capacity. The Company utilizes temporary labor and significant overtime to meet these seasonal requirements. During the slow portions of the year, temporary labor and overtime are eliminated to moderate the off-season costs. Our manufacturing facility capacity utilization generally remains less than 100% during these off-season months; because physical structure capacity cannot be adjusted as readily as personnel capacity, we have secured sufficient physical structure capacity to accommodate our current needs as well as for anticipated future growth. Our physical structure utilization is significantly lower during the first and fourth quarters of each year than it is during the second and third quarters.

The Company utilizes a comparable strategy to address warehousing and distribution requirements. During summer months, temporary labor is hired to supplement experienced warehouse and distribution personnel. More than 90% of the Company's freight is provided by third-party carriers. Utilizing third party carriers is an effective method of addressing the significant seasonal peak in summer and moderating excess capacity issues in the slow season. Reliance on third party carriers can expose the Company to freight rate volatility, fuel surcharges, and to capacity constraints in the transportation industry. The Company has secured sufficient warehouse capacity to accommodate our current needs as well as anticipated future growth.

Virco's working capital requirements during, and in anticipation of, the peak summer season require management to make estimates and judgments that affect assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related contingent assets and liabilities. For example, management expends a significant amount of time in the first quarter of each year developing a stocking plan and estimating the number of temporary summer employees, the amount of raw materials, and the types of components and products that will be required during the peak season. If management underestimates any of these requirements, Virco's ability to meet customer orders in a timely manner or to provide adequate customer service may be diminished. If management overestimates any of these requirements, the Company may have to absorb higher storage, labor and related costs, each of which may negatively affect the Company's results of operations. On an on-going basis, management evaluates and adjusts its estimates, including those related to market demand, labor costs, and stocking inventory. Moreover, management continually strives to improve its ability to correctly forecast the requirements of the Company's business during the peak season each year based in part on annual contracts which are in place and management's experience with respect to the market.

As part of Virco's efforts to balance seasonality, financial performance and quality without sacrificing service or market share, management has been refining the Company's ATS operating model. ATS is Virco's version of mass-customization, which assembles standardized, stocked components into customized configurations before shipment. The ATS program reduces the total amount of inventory and working capital needed to support a given level of sales. It does this by increasing the inventory's versatility, delaying assembly until the last moment, and reducing the amount of warehouse space needed to store finished goods. As part of the ATS stocking program, Virco has endeavored to create a more flexible work force. The Company has developed compensation programs to reward employees who are willing to move from fabrication to assembly to the warehouse as seasonal demands evolve.

Other Matters

Competition

Virco has numerous competitors in each of its markets. In the educational furniture market, Virco manufactures furniture and sells direct to educational customers. Competitors typically fall into two categories (1) furniture manufacturers that sell to dealers which re-sell furniture to the end user, and (2) dealers that purchase product from these manufacturers and re-sell to educational customers. The manufacturers that Virco competes with include HON (HNI) which recently acquired Sagus International LLC (which markets product under Artco-Bell, American Desk, and Midwest Folding Products), KI Inc., Bretford, Smith System, Columbia, Scholarcraft, Alumni, ECR4Kids, and VS America. Historically, our largest competitor that purchases and re-sells furniture has been School Specialty (SCHS). In January 2013, School Specialty filed for bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and emerged in mid-2013. Contrax is a significant nationwide reseller focusing on projects. In addition to School Specialty and Contrax, there are numerous catalogers, internet resellers, and smaller local education furniture dealers that sell into local markets. Competitors in contract furniture vary depending upon the specific product line or sales market and include Falcon Products, National Public Seating, Bretford, Sandusky Lee, Bush Industries, MTS and Mity Enterprises, Inc.

10

The educational furniture market is characterized by price competition, as many sales occur on a bid basis. Management compensates for this market characteristic through a combination of methods that include emphasizing the value of Virco's products and product assortment, the convenience of one-stop shopping for “Equipment for Educators™”, the value of Virco's project management capabilities, the value of Virco's distribution and delivery capabilities, and the value of Virco's customer support capabilities and other intangibles. In addition, management believes that the streamlining of costs assists the Company in compensating for this market characteristic by allowing Virco to offer a higher value product at a lower price. For example, as discussed above, Virco has decreased distribution costs by avoiding re-sellers, and management believes that the Company's large direct sales force and the Company's sizeable manufacturing and warehousing capabilities facilitate these efforts. Although management prefers to compete on the value of Virco products and services, when market conditions warrant, the Company will compete based on direct prices and may reduce its prices to build or maintain its market share.

Backlog

Sales order backlog at January 31, 2015, totaled $11.8 million and approximated eight weeks of sales, compared to $13.5 million at January 31, 2014, and $17.3 million at January 31, 2013. Substantially all of the backlog will ship during 2015.

Patents and Trademarks

In the last 10 years, the United States Patent and Trademark Office (the “USPTO”) has issued to Virco more than 50 patents on its various new product lines. These patents cover various design and utility features in Ph.D.® chairs, I.Q.® Series furniture, the ZUMAfrd™ family of products, and the ZUMA® family of products, among others.

Virco has a number of other design and utility patents in the United States and other countries that provide protection for Virco's intellectual property as well. These patents expire over the next one to 16 years. Virco maintains an active program to protect its investment in technology and patents by monitoring and enforcing its intellectual property rights. While Virco's patents are an important element of its success, Virco's business as a whole is not believed to be materially dependent on any one patent. See “Risk Factors : An inability to protect our intellectual property could have a significant impact on our business.”

In order to distinguish genuine Virco products from competitors' products, Virco has obtained the rights to certain trademarks and trade names for its products and engages in advertising and sales campaigns to promote its brands and to identify genuine Virco products. While Virco's trademarks and trade names play an important role in its success, Virco's business as a whole is not believed to be materially dependent on any one trademark or trade name, except perhaps “Virco,” which the Company has protected and enhanced as an emblem of quality educational furniture for over 65 years.

Virco has no franchises or concessions that are considered to be of material importance to the conduct of its business and has not appraised or established a value for its patents or trademarks.

Employees

As of January 31, 2015, Virco and its subsidiaries employed approximately 685 full-time employees at various locations. Of this number, approximately 515 are involved in manufacturing and distribution, approximately 105 in sales and marketing and approximately 65 in administration. The Company also utilizes temporary workers as necessary to meet any seasonal production, warehousing or distribution requirements that cannot be filled by its full time workforce. During 2014, the Company employed approximately 275 temporary workers during the months of June and July, with smaller numbers immediately preceding and following these months.

Environmental Compliance

Virco is subject to numerous federal, state, and local environmental laws and regulations in the various jurisdictions in which it operates that (a) govern operations that may have adverse environmental effects, such as the discharge of materials into the environment, as well as handling, storage, transportation and disposal practices for solid and hazardous wastes, and (b) impose liability for response costs and certain damages resulting from past and current spills, disposals or other releases of hazardous materials. In this context, Virco works diligently to remain in compliance with all such environmental laws and regulations as these affect the Company's operations. Moreover, Virco has enacted policies for recycling and resource recovery that have earned repeated commendations, including: recognition by the California Department of Resources Recycling and Recovery (CalRecycle) in 2011 and 2010 as a Waste Reduction Awards Program (WRAP) honoree; recognition by the United States Environmental Protection Agency in 2003 as a WasteWise Hall of Fame Charter Member, in 2002 as a WasteWise Partner of the Year and in 2001 as a WasteWise Program Champion for Large Businesses; and recognition by the Sanitation Districts of

11

Los Angeles County for compliance with industrial waste water discharge guidelines in 2007 through 2010. This is only a partial list of Virco's environmental awards and commendations; for a more complete list, go to www.virco.com and click on the Corporate Stewardship header. In addition to these awards and commendations, Virco's ZUMA® and ZUMAfrd™ product lines were the first classroom furniture collections to earn indoor air quality certification through the stringent GREENGUARD® Children & Schools Program, now known as Greenguard Gold certification. As a follow-up to the certification of ZUMA and ZUMAfrd models in 2005, hundreds of other Virco furniture items - including Analogy™ furniture models and Textameter™ instructor workstations - have earned GREENGUARD certification. Moreover, all Virco products covered by the Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act of 2008 are in compliance with this legislation. All affected Virco models are also in compliance with the California Air Resources Board rule implemented on January 1, 2009, concerning formaldehyde emissions from composite wood products. Environmental laws have changed rapidly in recent years, and Virco may be subject to more stringent environmental laws in the future. The Company has expended, and may be expected to continue to expend, significant amounts in the future for compliance with environmental rules and regulations, for the investigation of environmental conditions, for the installation of environmental control equipment, or remediation of environmental contamination. Normal recurring expenses relating to operating our factories in a manner that meets or exceeds environmental laws are matched to the cost of producing inventory. It is possible that the Company's operations may result in noncompliance with, or liability for remediation pursuant to, environmental laws. Should such eventualities occur, the Company records liabilities for remediation costs when remediation costs are probable and can be reasonably estimated. See Risk Factors : We could be required to incur substantial costs to comply with environmental requirements.” Violations of, and liabilities under, environmental laws and regulations may increase our costs or require us to change our business practices.

Financial Information About Industry Segment and Geographic Areas

Virco operates in a single industry segment. For information regarding the Company's revenues, gross profit and total assets for each of the last three fiscal years, see the Company's consolidated financial statements.

During 2014, Virco derived approximately 7.7% of its revenues from customers located outside of the United States (primarily Canada and Puerto Rico). During 2013, Virco derived approximately 7.5% of its revenues from customers located outside of the United States (primarily Canada and Puerto Rico). During 2012, Virco derived approximately 10.0% of its revenues from customers located outside of the United States (primarily Canada and Panama). The Company determines sales to these markets based upon the customers' principal place of business. During 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company did not have any long-lived assets outside of the United States.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

As of April 1, 2015, the executive officers of the Company, who are elected by and serve at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors, were as follows:

Name	Office	Age at January 31, 2015	Has Held Office Since
Robert A. Virtue (1)	Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer	82	1990
Douglas A. Virtue (2)	President and Chief Operating Officer	56	2014
J. Scott Bell (3)	Vice President - General Manager, Conway Division	58	2004
Robert E. Dose (4)	Vice President - Finance, Secretary and Treasurer	58	1995
Patricia Quinones (5)	Vice President - Logistics, Marketing Services and Information Technology	51	2004
James D. Johnson (6)	Vice President - Senior VP Marketing & Business Development	46	2015
Bassey Yau (7)	Vice President - Corporate Controller, Assistant Secretary and Assistant Treasurer	56	2004

 ________________________

12

(1)	Appointed Chairman in 1990; has been employed by the Company for 58 years and served as the President from 1982 until 2014 and Chief Executive Officer since 1988.
(2)	Appointed President and Chief Operating Officer in 2014; has been employed by the Company for 29 years and has served in Production Control, as Contract Administrator, as Manager of Marketing Services, as General Manager of the Torrance Division, and as Corporate Executive Vice President.
(3)	Appointed in 2004; has been employed by the Company for 26 years and has served in a variety of manufacturing, safety, and environmental positions, and currently Vice President - General Manager, Conway Division.
(4)	Appointed in 1995; has been employed by the Company for 24 years and has served as the Corporate Controller, and currently as Vice President of Finance, Secretary and Treasurer.
(5)	Appointed in 2004; has been employed by the Company for 23 years in a variety customer and marketing service positions, and currently as Vice President of Logistics, Marketing Services and Information Technology.
(6)	Appointed in 2015 as Vice President - Senior VP Marketing & Business Development.
(7)	Appointed in 2004; has been employed by the Company for 18 years and has served as Corporate Controller, and currently as Vice President Accounting, Corporate Controller, Assistant Secretary and Assistant Treasurer.

None of the Company’s executive officers have employment contracts.

Available Information

Virco files annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Stockholders may read and copy this information at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Stockholders may also obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Room at the address set forth above, at prescribed rates.

The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers like Virco who file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is www.sec.gov.

In addition, Virco makes available to its stockholders, free of charge through its Internet website, its annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed, or furnished pursuant to, Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after Virco electronically files such material with, or furnishes it to, the SEC. The address of that site is www.virco.com.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

The following risk factors and other information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K should be carefully considered. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we presently deem less significant may also adversely affect our business, operating results, cash flows, and financial condition. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, operating results, cash flows and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

Our product sales are significantly affected by education funding, which is a function of tax revenues and general economic conditions. If the economy weakens, funding for education may fail to improve or decrease, which would adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our sales are significantly impacted by the level of education funding primarily in North America, which, in turn is a function of the general economic environment. In a weak economy, like the one that started in 2009, state and local tax revenues declined, restricting funding for K-12 education spending which typically leads to a decrease in demand for school furniture. Sustained depressions in the per-student funding levels provided for in-state and local budgets in the future could have a materially adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations as they have in the past.

In addition, geopolitical uncertainties, terrorist attacks, acts of war, natural disasters, increases in energy and other costs or combinations of such factors and other factors that are outside of our control could at any time have a significant effect on the economy, which in turn would affect government revenues and allocations of government spending. The occurrence of any of these or similar events in the future could cause demand for our products to decline or competitive pricing pressures to increase, either or both of which would adversely affect our business, operating results, cash flows and financial condition.

Gaps in state budgets may adversely affect our revenue and results of operations.

13

Virtually all states are required to balance their operating budgets either on an annual or bi-annual basis. Unlike the federal government, states cannot maintain services during an economic downturn by running a deficit. Without federal economic assistance, states that have not recovered from the recent recession will need to address remaining shortfalls with a combination of spending cuts and/or tax increases. If any states cut spending for education to address such budgetary shortfalls, our revenue and results of operations will be adversely affected.

Reduced levels of spending on education may significantly impact spending on furniture and increase price competition in the furniture market. If price competition increases, we may need to reduce our prices to build or maintain our market share, which in turn could lower our profit margins.

The educational furniture market is characterized by price competition, as many sales occur on a bid basis and are based on demand related to educational funding available to schools. When funding for education declines, schools typically reduce spending on all budget line items prior to reducing teacher and administrator salaries and benefits. This in turn can result in reduced demand for school furniture, which in turn can intensify price competition in our industry. This price competition could impact our ability to implement price increases or, in some cases, such as during an industry downturn, maintain prices. In addition, when market conditions warrant, we may need to reduce prices to build or maintain our market share. If we are unable to increase or maintain prices for our products, our profit margins could decline. Such decline will be compounded to the extent we are unable to maintain or reduce the cost of our products, which may be especially difficult in the current environment given the volatility of the commodities markets.

Our efforts to introduce new products that meet customer requirements may not be successful, which could limit our sales growth or cause our sales to decline.

To keep pace with industry trends, such as changes in education curriculum and increases in the use of technology, and with evolving regulatory and industry requirements, including environmental, health, safety and other standards for the education environment and for product performance, we must periodically introduce new products or modify existing ones. The introduction of new or modification of existing products requires the coordination of the design, manufacturing and marketing of such products, which may be affected by factors beyond our control. The design and engineering of certain of our new products can take a year or more, and further time may be required to achieve customer acceptance. Accordingly, the launch of any particular product may be later or less successful than we originally anticipated. Additionally, our competitors may develop new product designs that achieve a high level of customer acceptance, which could give them a competitive advantage over us in making future sales. Difficulties or delays in introducing new or modified products or lack of customer acceptance of such products could limit our sales growth or cause our sales to decline.

The majority of our sales are generated under annual contracts, which combined with the seasonal nature of our business, may limit our ability to raise prices on a timely basis during a given year in response to increases in costs.

We commit to annual contracts that determine selling prices for goods and services for periods of one year, and occasionally longer. Though the Company has negotiated increased flexibility under many of these contracts that may allow the Company to increase prices on future orders, the Company does not have the ability to raise prices on orders received prior to any announced price increase. Due to the intensely seasonal nature of our business, the Company may receive significant orders during the first and second quarters for delivery in the second and third quarters. With respect to any of the contracts described above, if the costs of providing our products or services increase between the date the orders are received and the shipping date, we may not be able to implement corresponding increases in our sales prices for such products or services in order to offset the related increased costs. Significant cost increases in providing either the services or products during a given contract period could therefore lower our profit margins. By way of example, in 2008, we incurred a severe increase in the price of steel. Steel prices increased by more than 80% during a four month period from April to July. During the period from April through the third quarter of 2008, the price of petroleum increased substantially, affecting the cost of plastic, inbound freight, freight to customers, and other energy costs. During the third quarter of 2008, we successfully raised the sales prices under a significant number of our annual contracts in an effort to recover margin lost to increased costs. Due to the seasonal nature of our business, however, approximately 2/3 of orders received and approximately 75% of shipments for the year were priced prior to the third quarter increase. During 2011, the Company incurred an increase of approximately 30% in the cost of steel during the second quarter, and nearly a 30% increase in the cost of certain plastics over the second and third quarters. The Company increased prices for the 2012 and 2013 years in an effort to recover these commodity cost increases and expects to increase prices again for 2015.

We depend on outside suppliers who may be unable to meet our volume and quality requirements, and we may be unable to obtain alternative sources.

14

We require substantial amounts of raw materials and components to manufacture our products, which we purchase from outside sources. Raw materials comprised our single largest total cost for 2014, 2013, and 2012. Contracts with most of our suppliers are short-term. These suppliers may not continue to provide raw materials and components to us at attractive prices, or at all, and we may not be able to obtain the raw materials we need in the future from these or other providers on the scale and within the time frames we require. In a deteriorating economic environment, many of the Company's suppliers may experience difficulty obtaining financing and may go out of business. The Company may have difficulty replacing these suppliers, especially if the supplier fails as the Company is entering the seasonal summer shipping season. Moreover, we do not carry significant inventories of raw materials, components or finished goods that could mitigate an interruption or delay in the availability of raw materials and components. In addition, because we purchase components from international sources, primarily China, we are subject to fluctuations in currency exchange rates as well as the impact of natural disasters, war and other factors that may disrupt the transportation systems, ports, or shipping lines used by our suppliers, and other uncontrollable factors such as changes in foreign regulation or economic conditions. Any failure to obtain raw materials and components on a timely basis, or any significant delays or interruptions in the supply of raw materials, could prevent us from being able to manufacture products ordered by our customers in a timely fashion, which could have a negative impact on our reputation and could cause our sales to decline.

Increases in basic commodity, raw material and component costs could adversely affect our profitability.

Fluctuations in the price, availability and quality of the commodities, raw materials and components used in manufacturing our products could have an adverse effect on our costs of sales, profitability and our ability to meet customers' demand. The price of commodities, raw materials and components, including steel and plastics, our largest raw material categories, have been volatile in prior years, and the cost, quality and availability of such commodities have been significantly affected in recent years by, among other things, changes in global supply and demand, changes in laws and regulations (including tariffs and duties), changes in exchange rates and worldwide price levels, natural disasters, labor disputes, terrorism and political unrest or instability. These factors could lead to further price increases or supply interruptions in the future. As discussed above, in the short term, rapid changes in raw material costs can be very difficult for us to offset with price increases because, in the case of many of our contracts, we have committed to selling prices for goods and services for periods of one year, and occasionally longer. Our profit margins could be adversely affected if commodity, raw material and component costs remain high or escalate further, and, we are unable to pass along a portion of the higher costs to our customers.

We are affected by the cost of energy, and increases in energy prices could reduce our margins and profits.

The profitability of our operations is sensitive to the cost of energy relative to our transportation costs, the costs of petroleum-based materials (like plastics), and the costs of operating our manufacturing facilities. Petroleum prices have fluctuated significantly in recent years. Prices and availability of petroleum products are subject to political, economic and market factors that are generally outside our control. Political events in petroleum-producing regions as well as hurricanes and other weather-related events may cause petroleum prices to increase. If such prices increase, our transportation costs may be adversely affected in the form of increased operation costs for our fleet and surcharges on freight paid to third-party carriers. If our transportation costs increase, and/or the price of petroleum-based products and cost of operating our manufacturing facilities increase, these increases could have a negative impact on our gross margins and profitability.

Cost and availability of third party freight can adversely affect profitability and results of operations.

The majority of our sales are FOB destination, and include freight from Virco’s facilities to the customer location. Virco depends upon third party carriers for more than 90% of customer deliveries. Subsequent to 2008, many carriers went out of business or reduced the size of their fleets due to economic conditions, and have not increased the fleets as the economy has improved. Recent regulation and more stringent enforcement of federal regulations governing the transportation industry (especially regarding drivers) have adversely impacted the cost and availability of transportation services. Further, there may be a lack of available trained and licensed drivers, which may reduce the availability of transportation services. Inability to obtain adequate third party freight on a timely basis during the summer delivery season can adversely affect cost to deliver products to customers and the level of customer service, which can in turn adversely impact future sales.

The Company imports component parts from international sources (primarily China). Disruptions in the cost or availability of ocean freight or disruptions in port operations, such as the recent Port of LA slowdown may adversely impact the Company’s ability to obtain adequate component parts to support sales, particularly in the busy summer season.

Approximately 50% of our sales are priced through one contract, under which we are the exclusive supplier of classroom furniture.

A nationwide contract/price list, which allows schools and school districts to purchase furniture without bidding, accounts for the pricing of a significant portion of our sales. This contract/price list is sponsored by a nationwide purchasing organization

15

that does not purchase products from the Company. By providing a public bid specification and authorization service to publicly-funded agencies, the organization's contract/price list enables such agencies to make authorized expenditures of taxpayer funds. For all sales under this contract/price list, Virco has a direct selling relationship with the purchaser, whether it is a school, a district, or another publicly-funded agency. In addition, Virco can ship directly to the purchaser; perform installation services at the purchaser's location; and finally bill directly to, and collect from, the purchaser. Although Virco sells direct to hundreds of individual schools and school districts, and these schools and school districts can purchase our products and services under several bids and contracts available to them, approximately 51% of Virco's sales in 2014 and 49% of Virco's sales in 2013 were priced under this nationwide contract/price list. In 2008 the Company was awarded a three-year contract and three one year extensions with this purchasing organization extending through 2014. In 2014, the Company was awarded a three year extension through 2017. If Virco were to lose its exclusive supplier status under this contract/price list, and other manufacturers were allowed to sell under this contract/price list, it could cause Virco's sales, or growth in sales, to decline.

We operate in a seasonal business, and require significant amounts of working capital through our existing credit facility to fund acquisitions of inventory, fund expenses for freight and installation, and finance receivables during the summer delivery season. Restrictions imposed by the terms of our existing credit facility may limit our operating and financial flexibility. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Company will meet the requirements of its financial covenants on an ongoing basis or that should it fail to meet such covenants in the future, the agent and lender under the Credit Agreement will agree to waivers or amendments with respect thereto.

Our credit facility, among other things, largely prevents us from incurring any additional indebtedness, limits capital expenditures, restricts dividends and stock repurchases, and provides for seasonal variations in the maximum borrowing amount, including a reduced maximum level of borrowing during the fourth fiscal quarter. Our credit facility also provides for periodic financial covenants, which currently include a minimum EBITDA, a minimum tangible net worth and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio requirement. As a result of the foregoing, our operational and financial flexibility may be limited, which may prevent us from engaging in transactions that might further our growth strategy or otherwise be considered beneficial to us.

Under our credit facility, substantially all of our accounts receivable are automatically and promptly swept to repay amounts outstanding under the credit facility upon our receipt. Due to this automatic liquidating nature, if we breach any covenant, violate any representation or warranty or suffer any deterioration in our ability to borrow pursuant to the borrowing base calculation contained in the credit facility, we may not have access to cash liquidity unless provided by the lender in its discretion. If the indebtedness under our credit facility were to be accelerated, we cannot be certain that we will have sufficient funds available to pay such indebtedness or that we will have the ability to refinance the accelerated indebtedness on terms favorable to us or at all. Any such acceleration could also result in a foreclosure on all or substantially all of our assets, which would have a negative impact on the value of our common stock and jeopardize our ability to continue as a going concern. In addition, certain of the covenants and representations and warranties set forth in our credit facility contain limited or no materiality thresholds, and many of the representations and warranties must be true and correct in all material respects upon each borrowing, which we expect to occur on an ongoing basis. There can be no assurance that we will be able to comply with all such covenants and be able to continue to make such representations and warranties on an ongoing basis. Due to weak demand for education furniture, the Company was unable to satisfy certain financial covenants for numerous periods during 2012, 2013 and most recently its minimum tangible net worth covenant for the relevant period ending January 31, 2015. On each occasion, the lender under the Company's Credit Agreement agreed to amend the Company's credit facility and/or waive the violation. There can be no assurance that the Company will meet the requirements of its financial covenants on an ongoing basis or that, should it again fail to meet such covenants, the Agent and Lender under its Credit Agreement will agree to waivers or amendments with respect thereto.

We may not be able to renew our credit facility on favorable terms, or at all, which would adversely affect our results of operations.

We have historically relied on third-party bank financing to meet our seasonal cash flow requirements. Our current credit facility expires in December 2017. On an annual basis, we prepare a lender approved forecast of seasonal working capital requirements and use borrowings under our credit facility with PNC Bank to help meet these seasonal cash flow and working capital requirements. Disruptions in the U.S. credit markets have caused the interest rate on prospective debt financing to widen considerably and have made financing terms for borrowers less attractive, and in certain cases have resulted in the unavailability of certain types of debt financing. Uncertainty in the credit markets may negatively impact our ability to obtain approval of our annual forecast, changes in our forecast or renew our credit facility upon its maturity in 2017 on favorable terms or at all. If we are unable to access or renew our credit facility on favorable terms (including available borrowing line and the rate of interest charged thereunder), or at all, our ability to fund our operations would be impaired, which would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

16

If management does not accurately forecast the Company's requirements for the peak summer season, the Company's results of operations could be adversely affected.

The Company's business is highly seasonal and requires significant working capital in anticipation of and during the peak summer season. This requires management to make estimates and judgments with respect to the Company's working capital requirements during, and in anticipation of, the peak summer season. Management expends a significant amount of time in the first quarter of each year developing a stocking plan and estimating the number of temporary summer employees, the amount of raw materials, and the types of components and products that will be required during the peak season. If management does not accurately forecast the Company's requirements, the Company's results of operations could be adversely affected. For example, if management underestimates any of these requirements, Virco's ability to meet customer orders in a timely manner or to provide adequate customer service may be diminished. If management overestimates any of these requirements, the Company may be required to absorb higher storage, labor and related costs, each of which may negatively affect the Company's results of operations.

We may require additional capital in the future, which may not be available or may be available only on unfavorable terms.

Our capital requirements depend on many factors, including capital improvements, tooling and new product development. To the extent that our existing capital is insufficient to meet these requirements and cover any losses, we may need to raise additional funds through financings or curtail our growth and reduce our assets. Any equity or debt financing, if available at all, may be on terms that are not favorable to us. Equity financings could result in dilution to our stockholders, and the securities may have rights, preferences and privileges that are senior to those of our common stock. If our need for capital arises because of significant losses, the occurrence of these losses may make it more difficult for us to raise the necessary capital.

An inability to protect our intellectual property could have a significant impact on our business.

We attempt to protect our intellectual property rights through a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws. Our ability to compete effectively with our competitors depends, to a significant extent, on our ability to maintain the proprietary nature of our intellectual property. The degree of protection offered by the claims of the various patents, trademarks and service marks may not be broad enough to provide significant proprietary protection or competitive advantages to us, and patents, trademarks or service marks may not be issued on our pending or contemplated applications. In addition, not all of our products are covered by patents. It is also possible that our patents, trademarks and service marks may be challenged, invalidated, cancelled, narrowed or circumvented. If we are unable to maintain the proprietary nature of our intellectual property with respect to our significant current or proposed products, our competitors may be able to sell copies of our products, which could adversely affect our ability to sell our original products and could also result in competitive pricing pressures.

If third parties claim that we infringe upon their intellectual property rights, we may incur liability and costs and may have to redesign or discontinue an infringing product.

We face the risk of claims that we have infringed third parties' intellectual property rights. Companies operating in the furniture industry routinely seek protection of the intellectual property for their product designs, and our principal competitors may have large intellectual property portfolios. Our efforts to identify and avoid infringing third parties' intellectual property rights may not be successful. Any claims of intellectual property infringement, even those without merit, could (i) be expensive and time-consuming to defend; (ii) cause us to cease making, licensing or using products that incorporate the challenged intellectual property; (iii) require us to redesign, reengineer, or rebrand our products or packaging, if feasible; or (iv) require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements in order to obtain the right to use a third party's intellectual property. Such claims could have a negative impact on our sales and results of operations.

We could be required to incur substantial costs to comply with environmental and other legal requirements. Violations of, and liabilities under, these laws and regulations may increase our costs or require us to change our business practices.

Our past and present ownership and operation of manufacturing plants are subject to extensive and changing federal, state, and local environmental laws and regulations, including those relating to discharges to air, water and land, the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous waste and the cleanup of properties affected by hazardous substances. As a result, we are involved from time to time in administrative and judicial proceedings and inquiries relating to environmental matters and could become subject to fines or penalties related thereto. We cannot predict what environmental legislation or regulations will be enacted in the future, how existing or future laws or regulations will be administered or interpreted or what environmental conditions may be found to exist. Compliance with more stringent laws or regulations, or stricter interpretation of existing

17

laws, may require additional expenditures by us, some of which may be material. If new environmental laws and regulations are introduced and enforced domestically, but not implemented or enforced internationally, we will operate at a competitive disadvantage compared to competitors who source product primarily from international sources. In addition, in the past we have been identified as a potentially responsible party pursuant to the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”) for remediation costs associated with waste disposal sites previously used by us. In general, CERCLA can impose liability for costs to investigate and remediate contamination without regard to fault or the legality of disposal and, under certain circumstances, liability may be joint and several, resulting in one party being held responsible for the entire obligation. Liability may also include damages for harm to natural resources. We may also be subject to claims for personal injury or contribution relating to CERCLA sites. We reserve amounts for such matters when expenditures are probable and reasonably estimable.

In addition to environmental laws and regulations affecting our manufacturing activities, the Company is subject to laws and regulations related to consumer product regulation. The Company sells products that are subject to the Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act of 2008 and the California Air Resources Board rule implemented on January 1, 2009, concerning formaldehyde emissions from composite wood products.

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act may increase the cost of providing medical benefits to employees, which could have a significant adverse impact on our results of operations.

We currently provide medical, dental, vision, and life insurance benefits to substantially all full-time employees. Recent legislation regarding health care reform may cause the cost of providing medical insurance to our employees to increase. We may not be able to pass the cost of increased medical costs to our customers, which could cause our costs of sales to increase and our gross profit to decline.

We may not be able to manage our business effectively if we are unable to retain our experienced management team or recruit other key personnel.

The success of our operations is highly dependent upon our ability to attract and retain qualified employees and upon the ability of our senior management and other key employees to implement our business strategy. We believe there are only a limited number of qualified executives in the industry in which we compete. The loss of the services of key members of our management team could seriously harm our efforts to successfully implement our business strategy.

We are subject to potential labor disruptions, which could have a significant impact on our business.

None of our work force is represented by unions, and while we believe that we have good relations with our work force, we may experience work stoppages or other labor problems in the future. Any prolonged work stoppage could have an adverse effect on our reputation, our vendor relations and our customers.

Our insurance coverage may not adequately cover for any product liability claims.

We maintain product liability and other insurance coverage that we believe to be generally in accordance with industry practices. Our insurance coverage may not be adequate to protect us fully against substantial claims and costs that may arise from product defects, particularly if we have a large number of defective products that we must repair, retrofit, replace or recall.

Volatility in the equity markets or interest rates could substantially increase our pension costs and have a negative impact on our operating results.

We sponsor one qualified defined benefit pension plan, the Virco Employee Retirement Plan (the “Employee Plan”), and two nonqualified pension plans. The difference between plan obligations and assets, or the funded status of the Employee Plan, significantly affects net periodic benefit costs of our Employee Plan and our ongoing funding requirements with respect to the Employee Plan. The Employee Plan is funded with trust assets invested in a diversified portfolio of debt and equity securities and other investments. Among other factors, changes in interest rates, investment returns and the market value of plan assets can (i) affect the level of plan funding; (ii) cause volatility in the net periodic pension cost; and (iii) increase our future contribution requirements. Because the current economic environment is characterized by declining investment returns and interest rates, we may be required to make additional cash contributions to the Employee Plan and recognize further increases in our net pension cost to satisfy our funding requirements. A significant decrease in investment returns or the market value of plan assets or a significant decrease in interest rates could increase our net periodic pension costs and adversely affect our results of operations.

Holders of approximately 37% of the shares of our stock have entered into an agreement restricting the sale of the stock.

18

Certain shares of the Company's common stock received by the holders thereof as gifts from Julian A. Virtue, including shares received in subsequent stock dividends, are subject to an agreement that restricts the sale or transfer of those shares. As a result of the share ownership and representation on the board and in management, the parties to the agreement have significant influence on affairs and actions of the Company, including matters requiring stockholder approval such as the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. In addition, these transfer restrictions and concentration of ownership could have the effect of impeding an acquisition of the Company.

Our corporate documents and Delaware law contain provisions that could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition involving us that our stockholders may consider favorable. For example, our certificate of incorporation currently provides for a staggered board of directors, whereby directors serve for three-year terms, with approximately one-third of the directors coming up for reelection each year. Having a staggered board will make it more difficult for a third party to obtain control of our board of directors through a proxy contest, which may be a necessary step in an acquisition of us that is not favored by our board of directors.

We are also subject to the anti-takeover provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Under these provisions, if anyone becomes an “interested stockholder,” we may not enter into a “business combination” with that person for three years without special approval, which could discourage a third party from making a takeover offer and could delay or prevent a change of control. For purposes of Section 203, “interested stockholder” means, generally, someone owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock or an affiliate of ours that owned 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock during the past three years, subject to certain exceptions as described in Section 203.

Our stock price has historically been volatile, and investors in our common stock could suffer a decline in value.

There has been significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of equity securities, which may be unrelated to the financial performance of the companies issuing the securities. The limited “float” of shares available for purchase or sale of Virco stock can magnify this volatility. These broad market fluctuations may negatively affect the market price of our common stock. Some specific factors that may have a significant effect on our common stock market price include:

• actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results or future prospects;

• our announcements or our competitors’ announcements of new products;

• the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;

• strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;

• new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;

• changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

• changes in our growth rates or our competitors’ growth rates;

• our inability to raise additional capital;

• conditions of the school furniture industry as a result of changes in funding or general economic conditions, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism and responses to such events; and

• changes in stock market analyst recommendations or earnings estimates regarding our common stock, other comparable companies or the education furniture industry generally.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

Torrance, California

19

Virco leases a 560,000 sq. ft. office, manufacturing and warehousing facility located on 23.5 acres of land in Torrance, California. This facility is occupied under a five year lease expiring on February 28, 2020. This facility also includes the corporate headquarters, the West Coast showroom, and all West Coast distribution operations.

Conway, Arkansas

The Company owns 100 acres of land in Conway, Arkansas, containing 1,200,000 sq. ft. of manufacturing, warehousing, and office space. This facility - which is equipped with high-density storage systems, features 70 dock doors dedicated to outbound freight, and has substantial yard capacity to store and stage trailers - has enabled the Company to consolidate the warehousing function and implement the Assemble-to-Ship inventory stocking program. Management believes that this facility supports Virco's ability to handle increased sales during the peak delivery season and enhances the efficiency with which orders are filled. This facility and the underlying real estate, along with the rest of the Company’s assets secure the Company’s obligations under its credit facility.

In addition to the complex described above, the Company operates two other facilities in Conway, Arkansas. The first is a 375,000 sq. ft. fabrication facility that was acquired in 1954, and expanded and modernized over subsequent years. The Company manufactures fabricated steel components, chrome plates, and fabricates injection-molded plastic components at this facility. These components are transferred to other facilities for assembly into finished goods. The second is a 175,000 sq. ft. manufacturing facility that is used to fabricate and store compression-molded components. This building is leased under a 10-year lease expiring in March 2018.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

Virco has various legal actions pending against it arising in the ordinary course of business, which in the opinion of the Company, are not material in that management either expects that the Company will be successful on the merits of the pending cases or that any liabilities resulting from such cases will be substantially covered by insurance. While it is impossible to estimate with certainty the ultimate legal and financial liability with respect to these suits and claims, management believes that the aggregate amount of such liabilities will not be material to the results of operations, financial position, or cash flows of the Company.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

20

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The NASDAQ exchange is the principal market on which Virco Mfg. Corporation (VIRC) stock is traded. As of March 23, 2015, there were approximately 205 registered stockholders according to the Company's transfer agent records. As of such date, there were approximately 816 beneficial stockholders.

Dividend Policy

Historically it has been the board of directors' policy to periodically review the payment of cash and stock dividends in light of the Company's earnings and liquidity. During the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company initiated a quarterly dividend of $0.025 per share. Effective as of the third quarter of 2011, the board of directors suspended the quarterly cash dividend program. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Company's current line of credit with PNC Bank, which was entered into on December 22, 2011, the Company is prohibited from paying dividends. Consequently, for at least as long as this covenant is included in its credit agreement with PNC Bank, no dividends will be paid by the Company to its stockholders.

Quarterly Stock Market Information

	Common Stock Range
	2014		2013
	High	Low	High	Low
1st Quarter	$2.70	$2.08	$2.72	$1.96
2nd Quarter	2.75	2.00	2.53	1.95
3rd Quarter	3.41	2.23	2.49	1.98
4th Quarter	3.85	2.25	2.80	2.00

Stock Repurchases

The Company did not repurchase any shares of its stock during 2014. Pursuant to the Company's credit agreement with PNC Bank, the Company is prohibited from repurchasing any shares of its stock except in cases where a repurchase is financed by a substantially concurrent issuance of new shares of the Company's common stock.

Stock Performance Graph

The graph set forth below compares the five-year cumulative total stockholder return of the Company's common stock with the cumulative total stockholder return of (i) an industry peer group index, and (ii) the NASDAQ Market Index. The graph assumes $100 was invested on February 1, 2010, in the Company's common stock, the NASDAQ Market Index and the companies in the peer group and assumes the reinvestment of dividends, if any.

21

COMPARISON OF 5-YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN

AMONG VIRCO MFG. CORPORATION, NASDAQ MARKET INDEX

AND MORNINGSTAR INDEX

	Period Ending
Company/Market/Peer Group	1/31/2010		1/31/2011		1/31/2012		1/31/2013		1/31/2014		1/31/2015
Virco Mfg. Corporation	$	100.00	$	89.78	$	53.40	$	80.10	$	78.60	$	72.30
NASDAQ Market Index	$	100.00	$	126.93	$	133.60	$	151.14	$	200.01	$	228.61
Morningstar Business Equipment	$	100.00	$	131.52	$	117.75	$	109.04	$	100.48	$	110.74

The current composition of Morningstar Business Equipment Index is as follows: ACCO Brands Corp., Addmaster Corp., American Locker Group Inc., Avery Dennison Corp., Banneker Inc., ioAuthorize Holdings Inc., Brother Industries Ltd., Canon Inc., Canon Marketing Japan Inc., Comtrex, Systems Corp., Coupon Express Inc., Datalogic Spa, Document Capture Technologies Inc., Domino Printing Sciences PLC., Ennis Inc., Everlert Inc., Global Payment Technologies Inc., Gunther International Ltd., Herman Miller Inc., HNI Corp., Inscape Corp., Japan Cash Machine Co., Ltd., Kewaunee Scientific Corp., Knoll Inc., Koala Corp., Konica Minolta Inc., Marmion Industries Corp., Neopost, Odawara Auto-Machine Mfg.Co.,Ltd., Onyx Service & Solutions Inc., Pitney Bowes Inc., Reconditioned Systems Inc.Ricoh Ltd., Roboserver Systems Corp., Standard Register Co., Steelcase Inc., Takano Co Ltd., Teleconnect Inc., Trxade Group Inc., U-Vend Inc., VeriFone Systems Inc., Virco Mfg. Corporation.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following tables set forth selected historical consolidated financial data for the periods indicated. The following data should be read in conjunction with Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, and with Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of this Annual Report on Form 10K.

22

Five Year Summary of Selected Financial Data

In thousands, except per share data	2014		2013			2012			2011			2010
Summary of income (operations)
Net sales *	$	164,052	$	155,042		$	157,913		$	165,367		$	179,699
Net income (loss)	$	849	$	(1,730	)	$	(3,830	)	$	(13,803	)	$	(17,594	)
Net income (loss) per share data **
Basic	$	0.06	$	(0.12	)	$	(0.27	)	$	(0.97	)	$	(1.25	)
Assuming dilution	0.06		(0.12		)	(0.27		)	(0.97		)	(1.25		)
Cash dividends declared per share	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	0.05		$	0.10

__________________________

* The Company reclassified $878,000, $943,000, 1,074,000 and 1,296,000 in fiscal years 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, from Selling, General and Administrative expenses to Net Sales on the Statement of Operations to conform to the current year presentation and to maintain comparability among the periods presented.  In 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company incurred sales rebates and customer discounts which should have been classified as contra revenue.  

** Net loss per share for fiscal years 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was calculated based on basic shares outstanding due to the anti-dilutive effect on the inclusion of common stock equivalent shares.

Other Financial Data

In thousands, except per share data	2014		2013		2012		2011		2010
Total assets	$	81,811	$	83,344	$	82,163	$	94,225	$	100,588
Working capital	$	17,566	$	16,983	$	12,526	$	18,598	$	29,498
Current ratio	1.8/1		1.7/1		1.5/1		1.7/1		2.5/1
Total long-term obligations	$	37,833	$	33,083	$	30,707	$	36,119	$	30,169
Stockholders’ equity	$	22,573	$	27,605	$	27,020	$	30,896	$	50,402
Shares outstanding at year-end	14,853		14,718		14,550		14,354		14,205
Stockholders’ equity per share	$	1.52	$	1.88	$	1.86	$	2.15	$	3.55

 _______________________

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations includes a number of forward-looking statements that reflect the Company's current views with respect to future events and financial performance, including, but not limited to, availability of funding for educational institutions, economic conditions, statements regarding plans and objectives of management for future operations, including plans and objectives relating to products, pricing, marketing, expansion, and manufacturing processes; new business strategies; the Company's ability to continue to control costs and inventory levels; availability and cost of raw materials, especially steel and petroleum-based products; the availability and cost of labor; the potential impact of the Company's “Assemble-To-Ship” program on earnings; market demand; the Company's ability to position itself in the market; references to current and future investments in and utilization of infrastructure; statements relating to management's beliefs that cash flow from current operations, existing cash reserves, and available lines of credit will be sufficient to support the Company's working capital requirements to fund existing operations; references to expectations of future revenues; pricing; and seasonality.

Such statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors, many of which are outside of the Company's control and difficult to forecast, that may cause actual results to differ materially from those which are anticipated. Such factors include, but are not limited to, changes in, or the Company's ability to predict, general economic conditions, the markets for school and office furniture generally and specifically in areas and with customers with which the Company conducts its principal business activities, the rate of approval of school bonds for the construction of new schools, the

23

extent to which existing schools order replacement furniture, customer confidence, competition and other factors included in the “Risk Factors” section of this report.

In this report, words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “expects,” “will continue,” “future,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “projects,” “potential,” “budgets,” “may,” “could” and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof.

Executive Overview

Management's strategy is to position Virco as the overall value supplier of educational furniture and equipment. The markets that Virco serves include the education market (the Company's primary market), which is made up of public and private schools (preschool through 12th grade), junior and community colleges, four-year colleges and universities; and trade, technical and vocational schools. Virco also serves convention centers and arenas; the hospitality industry, with respect to their banquet and meeting facilities; government facilities at the federal, state, county and municipal levels; and places of worship. In addition, the Company sells to wholesalers, distributors, retailers, catalog retailers, and internet retailers that serve these same markets. These institutions are frequently characterized by extreme seasonality and/or a bid-based purchasing function. The Company's business model, which is designed to support this strategy, includes the development of several competencies to enable superior service to the markets in which Virco competes. An important element of Virco's business model is the Company's emphasis on developing and maintaining key manufacturing, warehousing, distribution, installation, project management, and service capabilities. The Company has developed a comprehensive product offering for the furniture, fixtures and equipment needs of the K-12 education market, enabling a school to procure all of its furniture, fixtures and equipment (“FF&E”) requirements from one source.

Virco's product offering consists primarily of items manufactured by Virco, complemented with products sourced from other furniture manufacturers. Our product offerings are continually enhanced with an ongoing new product development program that incorporates internally developed products as well as product lines developed with accomplished designers. Finally, management continues to hone Virco's ability to forecast, finance, manufacture, warehouse, deliver, and install furniture within the relatively narrow delivery window associated with the highly seasonal demand for education sales. In 2014 and 2013, approximately 50% of the Company's total sales were delivered in June, July, and August with an even higher portion of educational sales delivered in that period. Average weekly shipments during July and August can be as great as six times the level of average weekly shipments in the winter months. Virco's substantial warehouse space allows the Company to build and ship adequate inventories to service this narrow delivery window for the education market.

The market and operating environment for school furniture, fixtures, and equipment has been challenging during the last decade and is likely to continue to be so for at least the near future. Schools suffered significant budgetary pressures from 2001 to 2005 following the “dot com” bust and post “9/11” era, and more recently in 2009 through 2013 as a result of the recession and severe budget shortages incurred by state and local governments. The years 2009 through 2013 were particularly challenging for the Company and the educational furniture industry in general and conditions are likely to remain challenging for the near term. The budgetary pressures directly impact the demand for the Company's products, as the demand for educational furniture largely depends upon: (1) available funding in a school's general operating fund and (2) the completion of bond-funded projects, which is directly impacted by the amount of bond financing issued to fund new school construction, to renovate older schools, and to fully equip new and renovated schools.

In response to the 2008 recession, passage of new bond issuances declined, and bond funded project completions have trended down each year. Completions of new schools, additions and renovations are not anticipated to improve in 2015 and are expected to remain well below the pre- 2008 levels. School operating budgets have also experienced significant strain. Approximately 80-85% of a school's operating budget is for the salaries and benefits for school teachers and administrators. Increasing costs for medical insurance, combined with pressures from unfunded post-retirement medical and pension obligations reduces funds available for other purposes. In response to these budgetary pressures schools typically elect to retain teachers and spend less on repairs, maintenance, and replacement furniture, which in turn reduces the demand for, and sales of, the Company's products.

In addition, the furniture industry in general, including the market for school furniture, has been significantly impacted by low cost competition from China. Commodity prices for raw material have been relatively stable for the last three years, but in 2014 the Company has experienced challenges with both capacity and cost for third party freight carriers. The majority of Virco’s sales include freight to the customer facility, and volatility in cost or availability of transportation equipment can adversely impact both profitability and customer service. Because a majority of the Company's sales are generated under annual contracts in which the Company has limited ability to raise the price of its products during the term of the contract, if the costs of the Company's raw materials increase suddenly or unexpectedly, the Company cannot be certain that it will be able to implement corresponding increases in its sales prices in order to offset such increased costs. Significant cost increases in

24

providing products during a given contract period can adversely impact operating results and have done so during prior years. The Company typically benefits from any decreases in raw material costs under the contracts described above.

During a period of robust education spending during the 1990's, the Company expanded and modernized its manufacturing and distribution facilities at the Torrance, CA and Conway, AR locations. During the last decade, the Company has worked continuously to significantly reduce its cost structure while concurrently expanding its product offering, expanding manufacturing process capabilities and more fully automating its facilities. For example, headcount of permanent employees as of January 31, 2015, was approximately 685 compared to a peak of nearly 2,950 in August 2000. Factory overhead in 2014 declined by more than 55% compared to 2000. The Company accomplished this without closing a factory and while continuing to add new production processes, including flat metal forming, and other capabilities to support its ambitious product development program.

In efforts to bring the Company's cost structure in line with decreased revenues, the Company has previously utilized voluntary early retirement programs, reductions in force, and attrition to reduce its permanent cost structure and relied more heavily on temporary labor to meet the seasonal summer demand. In 2014, the Company realized an increase in sales volume, yet continued to allow normal attrition to reduce its permanent workforce. The Company plans to maintain stringent limits on full time staffing, supplemented with temporary labor as necessary in order to produce, warehouse and deliver furniture during the coming summer. Because the Company has not closed any manufacturing or distribution facilities that are utilized in operations, any increase in demand for our products can be met without any material investment in physical infrastructure.

While the Company anticipates challenging economic conditions to continue to impact its core customer base in the near term, there are certain underlying demographics, customer responses, and changes in the competitive landscape that provide opportunities. First, the underlying demographics of the student population are stable compared to the volatility of school budgets, and the related level of furniture and equipment purchases. This volatility is attributable to the financial health of the school systems. Virco management believes that there is a pent-up demand for quality school furniture (though it is unclear when and to what extent that pent-up demand will be converted into a meaningful increase in purchases). Second, management believes that parents and voters will make quality education an ongoing priority for future government spending. Third, many schools have responded to the budget strains by reducing their support infrastructure. School districts historically have operated central warehouses and professional purchasing departments in a central business office. In order to retain teaching staff, many school districts have shut down the warehouses and reduced their purchasing departments and janitorial staffs. This change provides opportunities to provide services to schools, such as project management for new or renovated schools, delivery to individual school sites rather than truckload deliveries to central warehouses, and delivery of furniture into classrooms. Moreover, this change offers opportunities for Virco to promote its complete product assortment which allows one-stop shopping as opposed to sourcing furniture needs from a variety of suppliers. Fourth, many suppliers previously shut down or dramatically curtailed their domestic manufacturing capabilities, making it difficult for competitors to adapt to dynamic fluctuations in demand or provide custom colors or finishes during a narrow seasonal summer delivery window when they are reliant upon a supply chain extending to Asia or elsewhere. Meanwhile, Virco has continued to and invest in automation at its domestic manufacturing facilities, recently adding flat metal forming processes to its manufacturing capabilities and bringing production into its factories of items formerly sourced from other suppliers. Virco views its domestic factories as a strategic resource for providing its customers with timely delivery of a broad selection of colors, finishes, laminates, and product styles.

During 2015 the Company anticipates continued uncertainty and volatility in commodity costs, particularly with respect to certain raw materials, transportation, and energy. The Company does not anticipate that this volatility overall will be as dramatic as experienced in some prior years but may have an adverse effect on operating results.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

This discussion and analysis of Virco's financial condition and results of operations is based upon the Company's financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these financial statements requires Virco management to make estimates and judgments that affect the Company's reported assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, management evaluates such estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, valuation of inventory and related obsolescence reserves, self-insured retention for products and general liability insurance, self-insured retention for workers' compensation insurance, provision for warranty, liabilities under defined benefit and other compensation programs, and estimates related to deferred tax assets and liabilities. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. This forms the basis of judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. Factors that could cause or contribute to

25

these differences include the factors discussed above under Item 1, Business, and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Virco's critical accounting policies are as follows:

Revenue Recognition: The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 605, “Revenue Recognition.” Revenue is recognized when title passes under its various shipping terms, when installation services are complete, and when collectability is reasonably assured. The Company reports sales net of sales returns and allowances, sales taxes imposed by various government authorities, cash discounts and rebates to customers. In most instances, the Company sells furniture on bids and contracts, which may include multiple elements. For sales that include freight to the customer, many sales are delivered on the same day shipped, with an average delivery being in route for 1 to 3 days. Classroom delivery, which involves carrying the furniture to the classroom and setting the desks and chairs in place, typically occurs the day the furniture is delivered.

In accordance with ASC 605-25 (“ASC 605-25”), “Revenue Recognition - Multiple-Element Arrangements,” revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables are generally accounted for by the Company on a combined unit of accounting as our customers control our ability to deliver the furniture, and as a result the furniture delivery and classroom setup is generally provided at the same time. We recognize the consideration for the combined unit of accounting once the final item has been delivered and installed.

Allowances for Doubtful Accounts: Considerable judgment is required when assessing the ultimate realization of receivables, including assessing the probability of collection, current economic trends, historical bad debts and the current creditworthiness of each customer. The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts that may result from the inability of our customers to make required payments. Over the past five years, the Company's allowance for doubtful accounts has ranged from approximately 0.7% to 3.0% of accounts receivable at year-end. The allowance is evaluated using historic experience combined with a detailed review of past-due accounts. The Company does not typically obtain collateral to secure credit risk. The primary reason that Virco's allowance for doubtful accounts represents such a small percentage of accounts receivable is that a large portion of the accounts receivable is attributable to low-credit-risk governmental entities, which often purchase the furniture with funds provided from bond issuances, giving Virco's receivables a historically high degree of collectability. Although many states are experiencing budgetary difficulties, it is not anticipated that Virco's credit risk will be significantly impacted by these events. Over the next year, no significant change is expected in the Company's sales to government entities as a percentage of total revenues.

Inventory Valuation: Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market (determined on a first-in, first-out basis) and includes material, labor, and factory overhead. The Company maintains allowances for estimated slow moving and obsolete inventory to reflect the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value. Allowances for slow moving and obsolete inventory are determined through a physical inspection of the product in connection with a physical inventory, a review of slow-moving product, and consideration of active marketing programs. The market for education furniture is traditionally driven by value, not style, and the Company has not typically incurred significant obsolescence expenses. If market conditions are less favorable than those anticipated by management, additional allowances may be required. Due to reductions in sales volume in the past years, the Company's manufacturing facilities are operating at reduced levels of capacity. The Company records the cost of excess capacity as a period expense, not as a component of capitalized inventory valuation.

Self-Insured Retention: For 2012, 2013, and 2014 the Company was self-insured for product liability losses ranging up to $250,000 per occurrence, for workers' compensation losses up to $250,000 per occurrence, and for auto liability up to $50,000 per occurrence. The Company obtains annual actuarial valuations for the self-insured retentions. Product liability, workers' compensation, and auto reserves for known and unknown incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) losses are recorded at the net present value of the estimated losses using a risk-free discount rate of 0.5% for 2014, 2013, and 2012. Given the relatively short term over which the IBNR losses are discounted, the sensitivity to the discount rate is not significant. Estimated workers' compensation losses were funded during the insurance year and subject to retroactive loss adjustments. The Company's exposure to self-insured retentions varies depending upon the market conditions in the insurance industry and the availability of cost-effective insurance coverage. Self-insured retentions for 2015 will be comparable to the retention levels for 2014.

Warranty Reserve: The Company provides a warranty against all substantial defects in material and workmanship. The Company's warranty is not a guarantee of service life, which depends upon events outside the Company's control and may be different from the warranty period. The standard warranty offered on products sold through January 31, 2005, is five years. Effective February 1, 2005, the standard warranty was increased to 10 years on products sold from February 1, 2005 through January 31, 2014. Effective February 1, 2014 the Company modified its warranty to a limited lifetime warranty. The new warranty effective February 1, 2014 is not anticipated to have a significant effect on warranty expense. The Company's warranties generally provide that customers can return a defective product during the specified warranty period following purchase in exchange for a replacement product or that the Company can repair the product at no charge to the customer. The Company determines whether replacement or repair is appropriate in each circumstance. The Company uses historic data to

26

estimate appropriate levels of warranty reserves. Because product mix, production methods, and raw material sources change over time, historic data may not always provide precise estimates for future warranty expense.

Defined Benefit Obligations: The Company has three defined benefit plans, the Virco Employees Retirement Plan (the “Employee Plan”), the Virco Important Performers Plan (the “VIP Plan”) and the Non-Employee Directors Retirement Plan (the “Directors Plan”), which provide retirement benefits to employees and outside directors. Virco discounted the pension obligations for the various plans using the following rates:

	2014	2013	2012
Employee Plan	3.25%	4.25%	4.00%
VIP Plan	3.50%	4.75%	4.25%
Directors Plan	3.25%	4.25%	4.00%

Because the Company froze new benefit accruals for all three plans effective December 31, 2003, the assumed rate of increase in compensation has no effect on the accounting for the plans. The Company estimated a 6.5% return on plan assets for the Employee Plan for all three years. The VIP Plan and Directors Plan are unfunded and have no plan assets. These rate assumptions can vary due to changes in interest rates, the employment market, and expected returns in the stock market. In prior years, the discount rate and the anticipated rate of return on plan assets have decreased by several percentage points, causing pension expense and pension obligations to increase. In 2014, the Company incurred material reductions in the discount rates that are used to measure plan obligations, and utilized new mortality tables that reflect increased life expectancies. These changes will cause an increase in pension expense and may require future cash contributions to adequately fund the Employee Plan.

In the third quarter of 2011 the Company offered an early retirement program to employees who voluntarily terminated their employment with the Company. The incentive offered was a cash incentive and did not include additional retirement benefits, but was heavily directed toward employees with significant years of service. Approximately 150 employees accepted this offer. Due to the volume of lump sum payments processed during the 2011 and 2012, the Company incurred a pension settlement costs for the Employee Plan. In May of 2013, the Company implemented a reduction in force. In the third and fourth quarters of 2013, as a result of cumulative retirement benefits paid during the year, the Company incurred additional pension settlement costs for the Employee Plan. The Company did not incur settlement costs in 2014.

Because the discount rates used in 2014 were low, a one percent change in rates can cause a material change in the pension obligations. A one percent reduction in discount rates would cause obligations under the Employee Plan to increase by approximately $6.4 million. A one percent reduction in discount rates would cause obligations under the non-qualified plans to increase by approximately $1.8 million. The retirement obligations would decrease by similar amounts if discount rate were to increase by a comparable percentage. The Company obtains annual actuarial valuations for all three plans.

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities: The Company recognizes deferred income taxes under the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 740 “Income Taxes.” Deferred income taxes are recognized for differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities at enacted statutory tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income or reversal of deferred tax liabilities during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. The Company considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. The Company incurred a substantial operating loss for the years ended January 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011. During the fourth quarter of the year ended January 31, 2011, based on this consideration, the Company determined the realization of a majority of the net deferred tax assets no longer met the more likely than not criteria and a valuation allowance was recorded against the majority of the net deferred tax assets. Valuation allowances totaled $26,399,000 and $24,210,000 at January 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. At January 31, 2015, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes, expiring at various dates through 2035. Federal net operating losses that can potentially be carried forward totaled approximately $26,340,000 at January 31, 2015. State net operating losses that can potentially be carried forward totaled approximately $54,332,000 at January 31, 2015.

Results of Operations (2014 vs. 2013)

Financial Results and Cash Flow

27

The Company earned a pre-tax profit of $918,000 on net sales of $164,052,000 for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, compared to pre-tax loss of $2,733,000 on net sales of $155,042,000 in the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014. Net earnings per share were $0.06 for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, compared to net loss per share of $0.12 in the prior year. Cash flow provided by operations was $1,659,000 for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, compared to cash flow used in operations of $243,000 in the prior year.

Sales

Virco's sales increased by 5.8% in 2014 to $164,052,000 compared to $155,042,000 in 2013. The increase in sales was caused by improving economic conditions that had a favorable impact on operating budgets for school spending offset slightly by a reduction in completions of bond-funded projects.

Volume increased by approximately $9 million, with no significant changes in price. Sales of Virco's new products, including Analogy™, Zuma®, Civitas™ and Sage™ increased by nearly $3.9 million, and were supplemented with increases of $5.1 million in other product lines. Sales for project orders declined by approximately $2.7 million in 2014 compared to project orders in 2013 as a result of reduced bond-funded projects. Orders rates continued to be volatile and seasonal in 2014, with a shift to a greater percentage of orders received in the summer months. Historically, June has been our largest month for orders. In 2014, for the first time July orders exceeded June orders. The delay in receipt of orders combined with many school districts accelerating back to school dates exacerbated our traditional seasonal cycle. Increased fourth quarter shipments contributed to a $1.7 million decrease in backlog at January 31, 2015 compared to January 31, 2014.

Although the fourth quarter is typically a very slow period for the Company, the fourth quarter revenue increased to $25,354,000, compared to 19,480,000 in the prior year. The increase in revenue was attributable to timing of shipments. The company began the fourth quarter with $3 million higher backlog than the prior year and ended the fourth quarter with $1.7 million lower backlog. Orders for the fourth quarter were slightly higher than the prior year. The increase in fourth quarter revenue contributed to increased gross margin and operating income.

For 2015 the Company anticipates that the persistent budgetary challenges for state and local governments will continue to restrict growth in sales. For many states, inflation adjusted revenues are still below the peak of 2008. When combined with no anticipated growth in bond-funded projects the amount of school furniture sold may be comparable to or perhaps slightly more than 2014. As we have throughout this economic cycle, the Company continues to focus on strategies to develop and strengthen its brand with an aggressive product development campaign. We will continue to use our domestic factories to provide greater flexibility for custom specifications such as laminates, colors, and on-time delivery. As discussed above, the Company has significantly reduced its workforce in the past several years. Despite an increase in revenue in 2014, the Company allowed normal attrition to further reduce the workforce in 2014. This significant reduction in force largely spared our direct sales force. The Company will continue to emphasize the value, design and variety of its products, the value of its distribution, delivery, installation, and project management capabilities, and the importance of timely deliveries during the peak seasonal delivery period. In order to increase or maintain market share during 2015, when market conditions warrant, the Company will compete based on direct prices and may reduce its prices to build or maintain its market share.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales was 66.2% of sales in 2014 and 66.1% of sales in 2013. As a percentage of sales, there were no significant changes in selling price or material costs during the year. The Company incurred slightly higher direct labor costs, substantially offset by reduction in overhead spending.

The Company is beginning 2015 with approximately $1.1 million less inventory than in 2014. Due to the controlled levels of inventory at January 31, 2015, production levels and related factory overhead absorption, which vary depending upon selling volumes, are anticipated in 2015 to be equal to or higher than 2014 levels. The Company expects to acquire raw materials build inventory earlier in the year, and hire temporary workers as necessary during 2015 to meet any seasonal production, warehousing or distribution requirements that cannot be filled by the current full-time workforce.

During 2015 the Company anticipates continued uncertainty and volatility in commodity costs, particularly with respect to certain raw materials, transportation, and energy. Due in part to volatile transportation and energy costs, we may incur higher commodity costs in 2015. For more information, please see the section below entitled “Inflation and Future Change in Prices.”

Selling, General and Administrative and Other Expenses

Selling, general and administrative and other expenses for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, decreased by approximately $1 million compared to the prior year, and were 32.3% of sales as compared to 34.8% in the prior year.

28

The primary reason for this decrease in absolute dollars was $1.4 million of restructuring costs in 2013 related to a reduction in force as compared to $0.3 million in 2014.

Warehousing, freight and classroom delivery costs were increased in dollars but declined by 0.3% as a percentage of sales. Selling costs were level with prior year and declined by 0.6% as a percentage of sales. G&A spending decreased slightly, and decreased slightly as a percentage of sales due to a decrease in litigation expenses. The Company expended funds in 2013 to protect patents on certain products. There was no comparable expense in the current year.

Interest expense was $152,000 more in 2014 compared to 2013 as a result of increased average borrowing.

Provision for Income Taxes

The Company recognizes deferred income taxes under the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes in accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred income taxes are recognized for differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities at enacted statutory tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income or reversal of deferred tax liabilities during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. The Company considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

The Company has incurred a cumulative operating loss for the five years ended January 31, 2014 and for each individual year therein. While the Company has taken significant measures to cause its return to profitability 2014, the short-term outlook for the school furniture market remains challenging. Based on these considerations, at January 31, 2015 and January 31, 2014, the Company determined the realization of a majority of the net deferred tax assets did not meet the more likely than not criteria, and a valuation allowance was recorded against the majority of the net deferred tax assets. The Company has determined that it is more likely than not that some portion of the state net operating loss and credit carryforwards will be realized and has not provided a valuation allowance on a portion of the state net operating loss and credit carryforwards. At January 31, 2015, the Company had net operating losses carried forward for federal and state income tax purposes, expiring at various dates through 2035 if not utilized. Federal net operating losses that can potentially be carried forward totaled approximately $26,340,000 at January 31, 2015. State net operating losses that can potentially be carried forward totaled approximately $54,332,000 at January 31, 2015.

Because the Company has recorded a valuation allowance for the majority of deferred tax assets, the effective tax rate for 2015 may be low, with income tax being primarily income and franchise taxes as required by various states.

Results of Operations (2013 vs. 2012)

Financial Results and Cash Flow

The Company incurred a pre-tax loss of $2,733,000 on net sales of $155,042,000 for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014, compared to pre-tax loss of $4,039,000 on net sales of $157,913,000 in the fiscal year ended January 31, 2013. Operating loss for 2013 was $1,431,000 compared to $2,483,000 in 2012. Net loss per share was $0.12 for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014, compared to net loss per share of $0.27 in the prior year. Cash flow used in operations was $243,000 for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014, compared to cash flow provided by operations of $7,260,000 in the prior year.

Sales

Virco's sales decreased by 1.8% in 2013 to $155,042,000 compared to $157,913,000 in 2012. The decrease in sales was caused by continued unfavorable economic conditions that had an adverse impact on budgets for school spending and by a reduction in completions of bond-funded projects.

Volume declined by approximately $6 million, partially offset by increases in price. Sales of Virco's new products, including Zuma®, Civitas™ and Sage™ increased by nearly $1.3 million in 2013 compared to 2012, but were offset by reductions in older product lines. Sales for project orders declined by approximately $0.5 million in 2013 compared to project orders in 2012 as a result of reduced construction completions of bond-funded projects. Orders rates were more volatile and more intensely seasonal in the current year than in prior years, with a shift to a greater percentage of orders received in the summer months. Orders in 2013 decreased 24% in the first quarter, increased 6% in the seasonally high second quarter, increased by 2% in the

29

third quarter, and decreased by 15% in the fourth quarter, in each case as compared to the comparable period in 2012. Reduced fourth quarter orders contributed to a $3.8 million decrease in backlog at January 31, 2014 compared to January 31, 2013.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales was 66.1% of sales in 2013 and 68% of sales in 2012. This decrease was due to an increase in selling prices and reduced factory spending. The Company benefited from stable material costs during 2013.

As a percentage of sales, raw material costs were 0.3% lower than in 2012. The Company increased selling prices at the beginning of the year in effort to improve gross margins. The cost of raw materials was stable during the year, resulting in raw material costs declining as a percentage of sales. Direct labor costs as a percentage of sales were unchanged in 2013 compared to 2012. The impact of increasing selling prices was offset by a slight deterioration in efficiency due to the increased seasonal peak of both orders and sales in 2013 compared to 2012. Manufacturing overhead as a percentage of sales decreased by 1.5% in 2013 from 2012. This decrease was primarily attributable to a small decrease in factory spending combined with a very slight (<1%) increase in production hours and the related impact on factory utilization.

Selling, General and Administrative and Other Expenses

Selling, general and administrative and other expenses for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014, increased by approximately$0.9 million compared to the prior year, and were 34.8% of sales as compared to 33.6% in the prior year. The primary reason for this increase was $1.4 million of restructuring costs in 2013 related to a reduction in force as compared to $0.8 million in 2012. Because the majority of the employees accepting the offer were long-term employees with vested pension benefits, the Company incurred nearly $1.0 million of pension settlement costs during the third and fourth quarters on 2013. The reduction in employees was evenly distributed between direct labor and other overhead, sales support, and G&A positions.

Warehousing, freight and classroom delivery costs were flat in dollars and increased by 0.1% as a percentage of sales. Selling costs declined due to a reduction in volume and decreased by 0.2% as a percentage of sales. G&A spending decreased slightly, but increased slightly as a percentage of sales due to an increase in litigation expenses. The Company expended funds in 2013 to protect patents on certain products. There was no comparable expense in the prior year.

Interest expense was $254,000 less in 2013 compared to 2012 as a result of decreased costs related to an asset based loan, and decreased accretion expense for certain liabilities.

Provision for Income Taxes

During 2013, 2012 and 2011 the Company incurred operating losses. While the Company has taken significant measures to return to profitability, the short-term outlook for the school furniture market is challenging. Based on these considerations, at January 31, 2014 and January 31, 2013, the Company determined the realization of a majority of the net deferred tax assets did not meet the more likely than not criteria, and a valuation allowance was recorded against the majority of the net deferred tax assets. The Company has determined that it is more likely than not that some portion of the state net operating loss and credit carryforwards will be realized and has not provided a valuation allowance on a portion of the state net operating loss and credit carryforwards. At January 31, 2014, the Company had net operating losses carried forward for federal and state income tax purposes, expiring at various dates through 2033 if not utilized. Federal net operating losses that can potentially be carried forward totaled approximately $24,546,000 at January 31, 2014. State net operating losses that can potentially be carried forward totaled approximately $51,082,000 at January 31, 2014.

The primary component of the income tax benefit for the current year related to the gain related to AOCI, not operating loss. Because the Company has recorded a valuation allowance for the majority of deferred tax assets, the effective tax rate for 2014 may be low, with income tax being primarily income and franchise taxes as required by various states.

30

Inflation and Future Change in Prices

We commit to annual contracts that determine selling prices for goods and services for periods of one year, and occasionally longer. Though the Company has negotiated flexibility under many of these contracts that may allow the Company to increase prices on future orders, the Company does not have the ability to raise prices on orders received prior to any announced price increase. Due to the intensely seasonal nature of our business, the Company may receive significant orders during the first and second quarters for delivery in the second and third quarters. With respect to any of the contracts described above, if the costs of providing our products or services increase between the date the orders are received and the shipping date, we may not be able to implement corresponding increases in our sales prices for such products or services in order to offset the related increased costs. During 2014, 2013, and 2012, the costs for raw materials purchased by the Company were stable . These years contrast with 2011, when the Company incurred an increase of approximately 30% in the cost of steel during the second quarter, and nearly a 30% increase in the cost of certain plastics over the second and third quarters. These cost increases adversely impacted gross margins in 2011 for products shipped during the summer season.

For 2015, the Company anticipates continued volatility in costs, particularly with respect to certain raw materials, transportation, and energy. Anticipated adverse volatility for 2015 is not expected to be as severe as experienced in certain years, such as 2011. There is continued uncertainty with respect to steel and other raw material costs, especially of plastics, that are affected by the price of oil. Transportation costs may be adversely affected by increased oil prices, in the form of increased operation costs for our fleet, and surcharges on freight paid to third-party carriers. Virco depends upon third party carriers for more than 90% of customer deliveries. Subsequent to 2008, many carriers went out of business or were required to reduce the size of their fleets due to economic conditions, and have not increased the fleets as the economy has improved. Recent regulation and more stringent enforcement of federal regulations governing the transportation industry (especially regarding drivers) have adversely impacted the cost and availability of freight services. Virco expects to incur continued pressure on employee benefit costs. The Company has renewed health insurance contracts for its employees through December 2015, but costs subsequent to that date may be adversely impacted by current legislation. Virco has aggressively addressed these costs by reducing headcount, freezing pension benefits, passing on a portion of increased medical costs to employees, and hiring temporary workers who are not eligible for benefit programs.

To recover the cumulative impact of increased costs, the Company raised the list prices for Virco's products in 2014, 2013, and 2012. Due to current economic conditions, the Company anticipates continued significant price competition in 2015, and may not be able to raise prices without risk of losing market share. The Company anticipates that the volatility of commodity costs will not be as significant in 2015 as experienced in 2011. As a significant portion of Virco's business is obtained through competitive bids, the Company is carefully considering material and transportation costs as part of the bidding process. Total material costs for 2015, as a percentage of sales, could be higher than in 2014. The Company is working to control and reduce costs by improving production and distribution methodologies, investigating new packaging and shipping materials, and searching for new sources of purchased components and raw materials.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Working Capital Requirements

Virco addresses liquidity and working capital requirements in the context of short-term seasonal requirements and long-term capital requirements of the business. The Company's core business of selling furniture to publicly funded educational institutions is extremely seasonal. The seasonal nature of this business permeates most of Virco's operational, capital, and financing decisions.

The Company's working capital requirements during and in anticipation of the peak summer season oblige management to make estimates and judgments that affect Virco's assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Management expends a significant amount of time during the year, and especially in the first quarter, developing a stocking plan and estimating the number of employees, the amount of raw materials, and the types of components and products that will be required during the peak season. If management underestimates any of these requirements, Virco's ability to fill customer orders on a timely basis or to provide adequate customer service may be diminished. If management overestimates any of these requirements, the Company may be required to absorb higher storage, labor and related costs, each of which may affect profitability. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates such estimates, including those related to market demand, labor costs, and inventory levels, and continually strives to improve Virco's ability to correctly forecast business requirements during the peak season each year.

As part of Virco's efforts to address seasonality, financial performance and quality without sacrificing service or market share, management has been refining the Company's ATS operating model. ATS is Virco's version of mass-customization, which assembles standard, stocked components into customized configurations before shipment. The Company's ATS program reduces the total amount of inventory and working capital needed to support a given level of sales. It does this by increasing

31

the inventory's versatility, delaying assembly until the last moment, and reducing the amount of warehouse space needed to store finished goods. In order to provide “one stop shopping” for all FF&E needs, Virco purchases and re-sells certain finished goods from other furniture manufacturers. When practical, these furniture items are drop shipped from the Company's supplier. Where cost effective, the Company will bring the item into the Virco warehouse and the third party products will be shipped along with product manufactured by Virco. The Company did not carry material amounts of vendor inventory during the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015 or 2014.

In addition, Virco finances its largest balance of accounts receivable during the peak season. This occurs for three primary reasons. First, accounts receivable balances naturally increase during the peak season as shipments of products increase. Second, many customers during this period are government institutions, which tend to pay accounts receivable more slowly than commercial customers. Third, many summer deliveries may be “projects” where the Company provides furniture for a new school or significant refurbishment of an existing school. Projects may require architect sign off, school board approval prior to payment, or punch list completion, all of which can delay payment.

As a result of the seasonality of our business, our manufacturing and distribution capacity is dictated by the capacity requirement during the months of June, July, and August. Because of this seasonality, factory utilization is lower during the slow season. The Company utilizes a variety of tactics to address the seasonality of its business. During the summer months, which comprise our second and third fiscal quarters, our personnel utilization generally is at or close to full capacity. The Company utilizes temporary labor and significant overtime to meet the seasonal requirements. During the slow portions of the year, temporary labor and overtime are eliminated to moderate the off-season costs. Our manufacturing facility capacity utilization generally remains less than 100% during these off-season months; because physical structure capacity cannot be adjusted as readily as personnel capacity, we have secured sufficient physical structure capacity to accommodate our current needs as well as for anticipated future growth. Our physical structure utilization is significantly lower during the first and fourth quarters of each year than it is during the second and third quarters.

The Company utilizes a comparable strategy to address warehousing and distribution requirements. During summer months, temporary labor is hired to supplement experienced warehouse and distribution personnel. More than 80% of the Company's freight is provided by third-party carriers. The Company has secured sufficient warehouse capacity to accommodate our current needs as well as anticipated future growth.

As the capital required for the summer season generally exceeds cash available from operations, Virco has historically relied on third-party bank financing to meet seasonal cash flow requirements. On December 22, 2011 (the “Closing Date”), the Company and Virco Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“Virco” and, together with the Company, the “Borrowers”) entered into a Revolving Credit and Security Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and lender (“PNC”). The credit agreement has been amended nine times subsequent to that date, which, among other things, extended the maturity date of the Credit Agreement for three years until December 22, 2017, reduced themaximum availability under the Credit Agreement by $10,000,000 to $50,000,000, modified, eliminated, or waived covenants, amended seasonal advances and established sub-lines for equipment financing.

On March 31, 2015 the Company entered into Amendment No. 9, which retroactively modified the tangible net worth covenant at January 31, 2015 and established quarterly covenants for the fiscal year ending January 31, 2016.

The Credit Agreement provides the Borrowers with a secured revolving line of credit (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) of up to $50,000,000, with seasonal adjustments to the credit limit and subject to borrowing base limitations, and includes a sub-limit of up to $3,000,000 for issuances of letters of credit. The Revolving Credit Facility is an asset-based line of credit that is subject to a borrowing base limitation and generally provides for advances of up to 85% of eligible accounts receivable, plus a percentage equal to the lesser of 60% of the value of eligible inventory or 85% of the liquidation value of eligible inventory, plus an amount ranging from $8,000,000 to $14,000,000 from February 1 through July 31 of each year, minus undrawn amounts of letters of credit and reserves. The Revolving Credit Facility is secured by substantially all of the Borrowers' personal property and certain of the Borrowers' real property. The principal amount outstanding under the Credit Agreement and any accrued and unpaid interest is due no later than December 22, 2017, and the Revolving Credit Facility is subject to certain prepayment penalties upon earlier termination of the Revolving Credit Facility. Prior to the maturity date, principal amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement may be repaid and reborrowed at the option of the Borrowers without premium or penalty, subject to borrowing base limitations, seasonal adjustments and certain other conditions.

The Revolving Credit Facility bears interest, at the Borrowers' option, at either the Alternate Base Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement) or the Eurodollar Currency Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement), in each case plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin for Alternate Base Rate loans is a percentage within a range of 0.75% to 1.75%, and the applicable margin for Eurodollar Currency Rate loans is a percentage within a range of 1.75% to 2.75%, in each case based on the EBITDA of the Borrowers at the end of each fiscal quarter, and may be increased at PNC's option by 2.0% during the continuance of an event

32

of default. Accrued interest with respect to principal amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement is payable in arrears on a monthly basis for Alternative Base Rate loans, and at the end of the applicable interest period but at most every three months for Eurodollar Currency Rate loans.

The Credit Agreement contains a covenant that forbids the Company from issuing dividends or making payments with respect to the Company's capital stock, and contains numerous other covenants that limit under certain circumstances the ability of the Borrowers and their subsidiaries to, among other things, merge with or acquire other entities, incur new liens, incur additional indebtedness, repurchase stock, sell assets outside of the ordinary course of business, enter into transactions with affiliates, or substantially change the general nature of the business of the Borrowers, taken as a whole. The Credit Agreement also requires the Company to maintain the following financial maintenance covenants: (1) a minimum tangible net worth amount, (2) a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, and (3) a minimum EBITDA amount, in each case as of the end of the relevant monthly, quarterly or annual measurement period. As of January 31, 2015 the Credit Agreement required the Company to maintain: (1) a minimum tangible net worth of at least $25,190,000 for the fiscal quarter ending January 31, 2015, (2) a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.00 to 1.00 for the four consecutive fiscal quarters ending January 31, 2015 , and (3) a minimum EBITDA amount of $5,512,000 for the twelve consecutive fiscal months ending January 31, 2015. Subsequent to January 31, 2015, the Company entered into Amendment No. 9 to the credit agreement which modified the tangible net worth covenant to $20,565,000. The actual results of the Company with respect to the foregoing financial covenants for the period ending January 31, 2015 were as follows: (1) the Company maintained a tangible net worth of $22,573,000 for the fiscal year ending January 31, 2015, (2) the Company maintained a fixed charge coverage ratio of more than 1.00 to 1.00 for the four consecutive fiscal quarters ended January 31, 2015 , and (3) the Company achieved EBITDA of $ 7,281,000 for the twelve consecutive fiscal months ending January 31, 2015.

In addition, the Credit Agreement contains a clean down provision that requires the Company to reduce borrowings under the line to less than $6,000,000 for a period of 60 consecutive days each fiscal year. The Company believes that normal operating cash flow will allow it to meet the clean down requirement with no adverse impact on the Company's liquidity.

The Company was in violation of its minimum tangible net worth covenant for the relevant period ended January 31, 2015. However, as noted above, on March 31, 2015 the Company entered into Amendment No. 9, which modified the tangible net worth covenant as of January 31, 2015. The Company was in compliance with the modified covenant. The Company expects to be in compliance for the next fiscal year.

Events of default (subject to certain cure periods and other limitations) under the Credit Agreement include, but are not limited to, (i) non-payment of principal, interest or other amounts due under the Credit Agreement, (ii) the violation of terms, covenants, representations or warranties in the Credit Agreement or related loan documents, (iii) any event of default under agreements governing certain indebtedness of the Borrowers and certain defaults by the Borrowers under other agreements that would materially adversely affect the Borrowers, (iv) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation involving the Borrowers, (v) judgments or judicial actions against the Borrowers in excess of $250,000, subject to certain conditions, (vi) the failure of the Company to comply with Pension Benefit Plans (as defined in the Credit Agreement), (vii) the invalidity of loan documents pertaining to the Credit Agreement, (viii) a change of control of the Borrowers and (ix) the interruption of operations of any of the Borrowers' manufacturing facilities for five consecutive days during the peak season or fifteen consecutive days during any other time, subject to certain conditions.

Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, substantially all of the Borrowers' accounts receivable are automatically and promptly swept to repay amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility upon receipt by the Borrowers. Due to this automatic liquidating nature of the Revolving Credit Facility, if the Borrowers breach any covenant, violate any representation or warranty or suffer a deterioration in their ability to borrow pursuant to the borrowing base calculation, the Borrowers may not have access to cash liquidity unless provided by PNC at its discretion. In addition, certain of the covenants and representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement contain limited or no materiality thresholds, and many of the representations and warranties must be true and correct in all material respects upon each borrowing, which the Borrowers expect to occur on an ongoing basis. There can be no assurance that the Borrowers will be able to comply with all such covenants and be able to continue to make such representations and warranties on an ongoing basis.

The Company's line of credit with PNC is structured to provide seasonal credit availability during the Company's peak summer season. The Company believes that the Revolving Credit Facility will provide sufficient liquidity to meet its capital requirements in the next 12 months. Approximately $10,658,000 was available for borrowing as of January 31, 2015 .

Long-Term Capital Requirements

In addition to short-term liquidity considerations, the Company continually evaluates long-term capital requirements. From 1997 through 2000, the Company completed two large capital projects, which have had significant subsequent effects on cash

33

flow. The first project was the implementation of the SAP enterprise resources planning system. The second project was the expansion and re-configuration of the Conway, Arkansas, manufacturing and distribution facility.

Upon completion of these projects, the Company dramatically reduced capital spending. During 2001-2005 capital expenditures ranged from 25%-40% of depreciation expense, and has remained below depreciation since that time. Management intends to limit future capital spending until growth in sales volume fully utilizes the new plant and distribution capacity. Capital expenditures will continue to focus on automation, both in the factory and software applications, and new product development along with the tooling and new processes required to produce new products. The Company has established a goal of limiting capital spending to less than $3,000,000 for 2015, which is less than anticipated depreciation expense.

Asset Impairment

The Company made substantial investments in its infrastructure in 1998, 1999, and 2000. The investments included a new factory, new warehouse, and new production and distribution equipment. Much of the tooling, machinery, and equipment acquired at this time is now fully or substantially depreciated. The factory, warehouse, and equipment acquired are used to produce, store, and ship a variety of product lines, and the use of any one piece of equipment is not dependent on the success or volume of any individual product. New products are designed to use as many common or existing components as practical. As a result, both our ATS inventory components and the machines used to produce them become more versatile. The Company evaluates the potential for impaired assets on a quarterly basis. As of January 31, 2015, there has been no impairment to the long-lived assets of the Company.

The Company has no intangible assets on its Consolidated Balance Sheet at January 31, 2015.

Contractual Obligations

The Company leases manufacturing, transportation, and office equipment, as well as real estate under a variety of operating leases. The Company leases substantially all vehicles, including trucks and passenger cars under operating leases where the lessor provides fleet management services for the Company. The fleet management services provide Virco with operating efficiencies relating to the acquisition, administration, and operation of leased vehicles. Real estate leases have been used where the Company did not want to make a long-term commitment to a location, or when economic conditions favored leasing. The Torrance manufacturing and distribution facility is leased under an operating lease that expires on February 28, 2020. The Company does not have any lease obligations or purchase commitments in excess of normal recurring obligations. Leasehold improvements and tenant improvement allowances are depreciated over the lesser of the expected life of the asset or the lease term.

Contractual Obligations

Payments Due by Period

In thousands	Total		Less than 1 year		1-3 years		3-5 years		More than 5          years
Long-term debt obligations	$	9,519	$	3,366	$	6,153	$	—	$	—
Interest on long-term debt	—		—		—		—		—
Operating lease obligations	20,644		3,364		8,600		8,333		347
Purchase obligations	9,664		9,664		—		—		—
	$	39,827	$	16,394	$	14,753	$	8,333	$	347

We may be required to make cash outlays related to our unrecognized tax benefits. However, due to the uncertainty of the timing of future cash flows associated with our unrecognized tax benefits, we are unable to make reasonably reliable estimates of the period of cash settlement, if any, with the respective taxing authorities. Accordingly, unrecognized tax benefits of $36,000 as of January 31, 2015, have been excluded from the contractual obligations table above. For further information related to unrecognized tax benefits, see Note 7, “Income Taxes,” to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Virco's largest market is publicly funded school districts. A significant portion of this business is awarded on a bid basis. Many school districts require that a bid bond be posted as part of the bid package. In addition to bid bonds, many districts require a performance bond when the bid is awarded. At January 31, 2015, the Company had bonds outstanding valued at approximately $1,200,000. To the best of management's knowledge, in over 65 years of selling to schools, Virco has never had a bid or performance bond called.

The Company provides a warranty against all substantial defects in material and workmanship. In 2005 the Company extended its standard warranty from five years to 10 years. Effective February 1, 2014, the Company offered a limited lifetime warranty. The Company does not believe that the new warranty policy will have a significant impact on warranty expense. The Company's warranty is not a guarantee of service life, which depends upon events outside the Company's control and may be different from the warranty period. The Company accrues an estimate of its exposure to warranty claims based upon both product sales data, and an analysis of actual warranty claims incurred. At the current time, management cannot reasonably determine whether warranty claims for the upcoming fiscal year will be less than, equal to, or greater than warranty claims incurred in 2014. The following is a summary of the Company's warranty-claim activity during 2014 and 2013.

34

	January 31,
In thousands	2015			2014
Beginning balance	$	1,000		$	1,000
Provision for current year	650			600
Provision for prior year	(258		)	(220		)
Costs incurred	(442		)	(380		)
Ending balance	$	950		$	1,000

Retirement Obligations

The Company provides retirement benefits to employees and non-employee directors under three defined benefit retirement plans; the Employee Plan, the VIP Plan, and the Directors Plan. The Employee Plan is a qualified retirement plan that is funded through a trust held at Wells Fargo Bank (Trustee). The other two plans are non-qualified retirement plans. Benefits payable under the VIP Plan are secured by life insurance policies held in a rabbi trust and the Directors Plan is not funded. The Company obtains annual actuarial valuations for all three plans.

Effective December 31, 2003, benefit accruals were frozen for all three plans. Employees continued to vest under the benefits earned to date, but no covered participants earned additional benefits after the plan freeze. At January 31, 2015, all active participants under the plans were fully vested.

Accounting policy regarding pensions requires management to make complex and subjective estimates and assumptions relating to amounts which are inherently uncertain. Three primary economic assumptions influence the reported values of plan liabilities and pension costs. The Company takes the following factors into consideration: discount rate, assumed rate of return and assumed rate of increases in compensation.

The discount rate represents an estimate of the rate of return on a portfolio of high-quality fixed-income securities that would provide cash flows that match the expected benefit payment stream from the plans. When setting the discount rate, the Company utilizes a spot-rate yield curve developed from high-quality bonds currently available which reflects changes in rates that have occurred over the past year. This assumption is sensitive to movements in market rates that have occurred since the preceding valuation date, and therefore may change from year to year. Virco discounted the pension obligations for the various plans using the following rates:

	2014		2013		2012
Employee Plan	3.25	%	4.25	%	4.00	%
VIP Plan	3.50	%	4.75	%	4.25	%
Directors Plan	3.25	%	4.25	%	4.00	%

Because the discount rates used in 2014 were low, a one percent change in rates can cause a material change in the pension obligations. A one percent reduction in discount rates would cause obligations under the Employee Plan to increase by approximately $6.4 million. A one percent reduction in discount rates would cause obligations under the non-qualified plans to increase by approximately $1.8 million. The retirement obligations would decrease by similar amounts if discount rate were to increase by a comparable percentage.

Because the Company froze future benefit accruals for all three defined benefit plans in 2003, the compensation increase assumption had no impact on pension expense, accumulated benefit obligation or projected benefit obligation for the period ended January 31, 2015 or 2014.

The assumed rate of return on plan assets represents an estimate of long-term returns available to investors who hold a mixture of stocks, bonds, and cash equivalent securities. When setting the expected return on plan asset assumptions, the Company considers long-term rates of return on various asset classes (both historical and forecasted, using data collected from various sources generally regarded as authoritative) in the context of expected long-term average asset allocations for its defined benefit pension plan. For 2014, 2013 and 2012 the Company used a 6.5% expected return on plan assets, net of expenses.

During 2011 two events significantly impacted the pension plans. The first event was a reduction in the discount rate utilized to calculate pension plan obligations. The reduction in discount rate caused the liability for pension obligations to increase by approximately $3.7 million, $1.4 million, and $26,000 for the Employee Plan, the VIP Plan, and the Directors Plan, respectively. The second event was a $2.0 million settlement charge for the Employee Plan. As part of a restructuring plan, the Company offered early retirement benefits to all employees who voluntarily severed their employment with the Company.

35

Although the early retirement benefit was paid in cash and did not include any additional benefits payable from a retirement plan, the benefit formula was structured to reward employees with significant years of service, the same employees who would have earned retirement benefits prior to the plan freeze in 2003. The pension trust made significant lump sum distributions to participants in the latter part of the year, resulting in settlement charges in the third and fourth quarters. Because the VIP Plan and Director Plan do not allow lump sum payments, there was no similar settlement charge required.

During 2012 the pension plans were impacted by the same events of 2011, but to a lesser extent. A reduction in the discount rate caused the liability for pension obligations to increase by approximately $2.0 million, $0.3 million, and $10,000 for the Employee Plan, the VIP Plan, and the Directors Plan, respectively. As a result of large distributions paid from the Employee Plan, a $760,000 settlement charge for the Employee Plan was recorded.

During 2013 the pension plans were impacted by a reduction in force. Although the severance benefits were paid in cash and did not include any additional benefits payable from a retirement plan, the severance included employees with vested pension benefits. The pension trust made significant lump sum distributions to participants in the latter part of the year, resulting in settlement charges in the third and fourth quarters. During 2013, the pension liability decreased due to increased discount rates.

During 2014, the pension plans were impacted severely by a material decrease in discount rates and by application of a new mortality table. A reduction in the discount rate caused pension obligations to increase by $5.4 million, $1.7 million, and $0.02 million for the Employee Plan, VIP Plan, and Director Plan, respectively.

It is the Company's policy to contribute adequate funds to the trust accounts to cover benefit payments under the VIP Plan and Directors Plan and to maintain the funded status of the Employee Plan at a level which is adequate to avoid significant restrictions to the Employee Plan under the Pension Protection Act of 2006. The Company contributed $2.4 million, $1.8 million, and $2.0 million, to the trust in 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. Contributions during 2015 will depend upon actual investment results and benefit payments, but are anticipated to be approximately $2.3 million. During 2014, 2013, and 2012, the Company paid approximately $580,000, $564,000, and $561,000, respectively, in benefits per year under the non-qualified plans. It is anticipated that contributions to non-qualified plans will be approximately $664,000 for 2015. At January 31, 2015 , accumulated other comprehensive loss of approximately $22.7 million ($20.2 million net of tax) is attributable to the pension plans.

The Company does not anticipate making any significant changes to the pension assumptions in the near future. If the Company were to have used different assumptions in the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, a 1% reduction in investment return would have increased expense by approximately $170,000, a 1% change in the rate of compensation increase would have no impact, and a 1% reduction in the discount rate would have increased expense by $433,000. A 1% reduction in the discount rate would have increased the pension benefit obligations by approximately $8.2 million.

Stockholders' Equity

The Company's new credit facility with PNC Bank prohibits the Company from paying dividends and repurchasing any shares of its stock except in cases where a repurchase is financed by a substantially concurrent issuance of new shares of the Company's common stock. Consequently, commencing December 22, 2011 and for at least as long as this covenant is included in the Company's credit facility; no dividends will be paid by the Company to its stockholders.

Virco issued a 10% stock dividend or 3/2 stock split every year beginning in 1982 through 2002. Although the stock dividend had no cash consequences to the Company, the accounting methodology required for 10% dividends has affected the equity section of the balance sheet. When the Company records a 10% stock dividend, 10% of the market capitalization of the Company on the date of the declaration is reclassified from retained earnings to additional paid-in capital. During the period from 1982 through 2002, the cumulative effect of the stock dividends has been to reclassify over $122 million from retained earnings to additional paid-in capital. The equity section of the balance sheet on January 31, 2015 reflects additional paid-in capital of approximately $116 million and accumulated deficit of approximately $75 million. Other than the losses incurred during 2003-2005, 2010-2013 the accumulated deficit is a result of the accounting reclassification, and is not the result of accumulated losses.

Environmental and Contingent Liabilities

Environmental Compliance

Virco is subject to numerous federal, state, and local environmental laws and regulations in the various jurisdictions in which it operates that (a) govern operations that may have adverse environmental effects, such as the discharge of materials into the

36

environment, as well as handling, storage, transportation and disposal practices for solid and hazardous wastes, and (b) impose liability for response costs and certain damages resulting from past and current spills, disposals or other releases of hazardous materials. In this context, Virco works diligently to remain in compliance with all such environmental laws and regulations as these affect the Company's operations. Moreover, Virco has enacted policies for recycling and resource recovery that have earned repeated commendations, including: recognition by the California Department of Resources Recycling and Recovery (CalRecycle) in 2011 and 2010 as a Waste Reduction Awards Program (WRAP) honoree; recognition by the United States Environmental Protection Agency in 2003 as a WasteWise Hall of Fame Charter Member, in 2002 as a WasteWise Partner of the Year and in 2001 as a WasteWise Program Champion for Large Businesses; and recognition by the Sanitation Districts of Los Angeles County for compliance with industrial waste water discharge guidelines in 2007 through 2010. This is only a partial list of Virco's environmental awards and commendations; for a more complete list, go to www.virco.com and click on the Corporate Stewardship header.

In addition to these awards and commendations, Virco's ZUMA and ZUMAfrd product lines were the first classroom furniture collections to earn indoor air quality certification through the stringent GREENGUARD® Children & Schools Program, now known as Greenguard Gold certification. As a follow-up to the certification of ZUMA and ZUMAfrd models in 2005, hundreds of other Virco furniture items - including Analogy furniture models and Textameter instructor workstations - have earned GREENGUARD certification. Moreover, all Virco products covered by the Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act of 2008 are in compliance with this legislation. All affected Virco models are also in compliance with the California Air Resources Board rule implemented on January 1, 2009, concerning formaldehyde emissions from composite wood products. Environmental laws have changed rapidly in recent years, and Virco may be subject to more stringent environmental laws in the future. The Company has expended, and may be expected to continue to expend, significant amounts in the future for compliance with environmental rules and regulations, for the investigation of environmental conditions, for the installation of environmental control equipment, or remediation of environmental contamination. Normal recurring expenses relating to operating our factories in a manner that meets or exceeds environmental laws are matched to the cost of producing inventory. It is possible that the Company's operations may result in noncompliance with, or liability for remediation pursuant to, environmental laws. Should such eventualities occur, the Company records liabilities for remediation costs when remediation costs are probable and can be reasonably estimated. See “Risk Factors : We could be required to incur substantial costs to comply with environmental requirements.” Violations of, and liabilities under, environmental laws and regulations may increase our costs or require us to change our business practices.

In 2014 and 2013, the Company was self-insured for product and general liability losses of up to $250,000 per occurrence, for workers' compensation losses up to $250,000 per occurrence, and for auto liability up to $50,000 per occurrence. In prior years the Company has been self-insured for workers' compensation, automobile, product, and general liability losses. The Company has purchased insurance to cover losses in excess of the self-insured retention or deductible up to a limit of $30,000,000. For the insurance year beginning April 1, 2015, the Company will be self-insured for product and general liability losses up to $250,000 per occurrence, for workers' compensation losses up to $250,000 per occurrence, and for auto liability up to $50,000 per occurrence. In future years, the Company's exposure to self-insured retentions will vary depending upon the market conditions in the insurance industry and the availability of cost-effective insurance coverage.

The Company has aggressively pursued a program to improve product quality, reduce product liability claims and losses, and to aggressively defend product liability cases. This program has continued through 2014 and has resulted in reductions in product liability claims and litigated product liability cases. In addition, the Company has active safety programs to improve plant safety and control workers' compensation losses. Management does not anticipate that any related settlement, after consideration of the existing reserves for claims and potential insurance recovery, would have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company did not enter into any material off-balance sheet arrangements during its 2014 fiscal year, nor did the Company have any material off-balance sheet arrangements outstanding at January 31, 2015.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers ("ASU 2014-09")an updated standard on revenue recognition. This ASU will supersede the revenue recognition requirements in Accounting Standards Codification Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, and most industry-specific guidance.  ASU 2014-09 provides enhancements to the quality and consistency of how revenue is reported while also improving comparability in the financial statements of companies reporting using US GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards.  The core principle of the new standard is for companies to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of

37

goods or services to customers in amounts that reflect the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In doing so the Company may be required to use more judgment and make more estimates than under current authoritative guidance. ASU 2014-09 will be effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2017 and may be applied on a full retrospective or modified retrospective approach. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements-Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40), Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. This standard sets forth management’s responsibility to evaluate, each reporting period, whether there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, and if so, to provide related footnote disclosures. The standard is effective for annual and interim reporting periods ending after December 15, 2016.  We are currently evaluating this new standard and expect it to have no impact on our financial position and results of operations.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

The Company is subject to interest rate risk related to its seasonal borrowings used to finance additional inventory and receivables. Rising interest rates may adversely affect the Company's results of operations and cash flows related to its variable-rate bank borrowings under its credit line with PNC. Accordingly, a 100 basis point upward fluctuation in PNC's base rate would have caused the Company to incur additional interest charges of approximately $169,000 for the twelve months ended January 31, 2015. The Company would have benefited from a similar interest savings if the base rate were to have fluctuated downward by a like amount.

The Company has used derivative financial instruments to reduce interest rate risks. The Company does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. All derivatives are recognized as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial condition and are measured at fair value. At January 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had no derivative instruments.

The Company's business is subject to changes in the price of raw materials used to manufacture its products, such as steel, plastic, wood, aluminum, polyethylene, polypropylene, plywood, particleboard, and cartons, as well as the price of petroleum, which not only affects the cost of plastic, but also the Company's transportation costs and costs of operating its manufacturing facilities. With respect to the Company's annual contracts (or those contracts that have longer terms), the Company may have limited ability to increase prices during the term of the contract. The Company has, however, negotiated increased flexibility under many of these contracts allowing the Company to increase prices on future orders. Nevertheless, even with respect to these more flexible contracts, the Company does not have the ability to increase prices on orders received prior to any announced price increases. Due to the intensely seasonal nature of its business, the Company may receive significant orders during the first and second quarters for delivery in the second and third quarters. With respect to any of the contracts described above, if the costs of raw materials increase suddenly or unexpectedly, the Company cannot be certain that it will be able to implement corresponding increases in its sales prices in order to offset such increased costs. Significant cost increases in providing products during a given contract period can adversely impact operating results and have done so during prior years, especially 2008, and 2011. The Company typically benefits from any decreases in raw material costs under the contracts described above.

38

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page numbers
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting	40
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	41
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 31, 2015 and 2014	42
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013	44
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013	45
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013	46
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013	46
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	47
Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the Years Ended January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013	68

39

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management of Virco Mfg. Corporation (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting and for the assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. As defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission, internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or supervised by, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is supported by written policies and procedures, that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the Company’s assets; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of the Company’s management and directors; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In connection with the preparation of the Company’s annual financial statements, management of the Company has undertaken an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operational effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Based on this assessment, management did not identify any material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, and management has concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of January 31, 2015.

40

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Virco Mfg. Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Virco Mfg. Corporation as of January 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 2015. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Items 15. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Virco Mfg. Corporation at January 31, 2015 and 2014, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Los Angeles, California

April 24, 2015

41

Virco Mfg. Corporation

Consolidated Balance Sheets

	January 31,
	2015		2014
	(In thousands)
Assets
Current assets
Cash	$	470	$	1,051
Trade accounts receivables (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $200 at January 31, 2015 and 2014)	10,614		8,468
Other receivables	43		52
Income tax receivable	267		290
Inventories
Finished goods	5,602		7,237
Work in process	11,487		11,116
Raw materials and supplies	9,589		9,427
	26,678		27,780
Deferred income tax assets, net	156		203
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	743		1,795
Total current assets	38,971		39,639
Property, plant and equipment
Land	1,671		1,671
Land improvements	851		1,185
Buildings and building improvements	47,047		47,271
Machinery and equipment	110,060		115,667
Leasehold improvements	1,909		2,328
	161,538		168,122
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	126,317		131,817
Net property, plant and equipment	35,221		36,305
Deferred income tax assets, net	624		611
Other assets	6,995		6,789
Total assets	$	81,811	$	83,344

See accompanying notes.

42

Virco Mfg. Corporation

Consolidated Balance Sheets

	January 31,
	2015			2014
	(In thousands, except share data)
Liabilities
Current liabilities
Accounts payable	$	9,901		$	12,355
Accrued compensation and employee benefits	4,199			3,594
Current portion of long-term debt	3,366			2,248
Other accrued liabilities	3,939			4,459
Total current liabilities	21,405			22,656
Non-current liabilities
Accrued self-insurance	1,730			2,025
Accrued retirement benefits	28,986			23,951
Income tax payable	42			69
Long-term debt, less current portion	6,153			6,000
Other accrued liabilities	922			1,038
Total non-current liabilities	37,833			33,083
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ equity
Preferred stock:
Authorized 3,000,000 shares, $.01 par value; none issued or outstanding	—			—
Common stock:
Authorized 25,000,000 shares, $.01 par value; issued and outstanding 14,852,640 shares in 2014 and 14,718,414 shares in 2013	149			147
Additional paid-in capital	116,348			115,978
Accumulated deficit	(73,690		)	(74,540		)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(20,234		)	(13,980		)
Total stockholders’ equity	22,573			27,605
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	81,811		$	83,344

See accompanying notes.

43

Virco Mfg. Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Operations

	Year ended January 31,
	2015			2014			2013
	(In thousands, except per share data)
Net sales	$	164,052		$	155,042		$	157,913
Costs of goods sold	108,654			102,488			107,304
Gross profit	55,398			52,554			50,609
Selling, general and administrative expenses	52,741			52,587			52,369
Gain on sale of property, plant & equipment	(2		)	(10		)	(37		)
Restructuring expense	287			1,408			760
Operating income (loss)	2,372			(1,431		)	(2,483		)
Interest expense, net	1,454			1,302			1,556
Income (loss) before income taxes	918			(2,733		)	(4,039		)
Income tax expense (benefit)	69			(1,003		)	(209		)
Net income (loss)	$	849		$	(1,730	)	$	(3,830	)
Net income (loss) per common share (a):
Basic	$	0.06		$	(0.12	)	$	(0.27	)
Diluted	$	0.06		$	(0.12	)	$	(0.27	)
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic	14,756			14,620			14,387
Diluted	14,987			14,620			14,387

 _______________

(a) Net loss per share for fiscal years 2013 and 2012 were calculated based on basic shares outstanding due to the anti-dilutive effect on the inclusion of common stock equivalent shares.

See accompanying notes.

44

Virco Mfg. Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

	Years ended January 31,
	2015			2014			2013
	(In thousands)
Net income (loss)	$	849		$	(1,730	)	$	(3,830	)
Other comprehensive (loss) income :
Pension adjustments	(6,254		)	2,006			(658		)
Comprehensive (loss) income	$	(5,405	)	$	276		$	(4,488	)

See accompanying notes.

45

Virco Mfg. Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

	Common Stock
In thousands, except share data	Shares	Amount		Additional Paid-in Capital			Accumulated Deficit			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Total Stockholder's Equity
Balance at January 31, 2012	14,354,046	$	144	$	115,060		$	(68,980	)	$	(15,328	)	$	30,896
Net loss	—	—		—			(3,830		)	—			(3,830		)
Pension adjustments, net of tax effect $0	—	—		—			—			(658		)	(658		)
Shares vested	196,325	2		(88		)	—			—			(86		)
Stock compensation expense	—	—		698			—			—			698
Balance at January 31, 2013	14,550,371	$	146	$	115,670		$	(72,810	)	$	(15,986	)	$	27,020
Net loss	—	—		—			(1,730		)	—			(1,730		)
Pension adjustments, net of tax effect $1,078	—	—		—			—			2,006			2,006
Shares vested and others	168,043	1		(215		)	—			—			(214		)
Stock compensation expense	—	—		523			—			—			523
Balance at January 31, 2014	14,718,414	$	147	$	115,978		$	(74,540	)	$	(13,980	)	$	27,605
Net income	—	—		—			849			—			849
Pension adjustments , net of tax effect of $0	—	—		—			—			(6,254		)	(6,254		)
Shares vested and others	134,226	2		(132		)	1			—			(129		)
Stock compensation expense	—	—		502			—			—			502
Balance at January 31, 2015	14,852,640	$	149	$	116,348		$	(73,690	)	$	(20,234	)	$	22,573

See accompanying notes.

Virco Mfg. Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

	Year Ended January 31,
	2015			2014			2013
	(In thousands)
Operating activities
Net income (loss)	$	849		$	(1,730	)	$	(3,830	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	4,408			4,209			4,368
Increase (decrease) in provision for doubtful accounts	115			(6		)	(75		)
Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment	(2		)	(10		)	(37		)
Deferred income taxes	34			97			66
Stock-based compensation	502			523			698
Defined benefit Plan, recognized net gain (loss) due to settlements and curtailments	—			924			760
Amortization of net actuarial loss for pension plans	1,283			1,548			1,629
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Trade accounts receivable	(2,261		)	376			4,057
Other receivables	9			56			293
Inventories	1,101			(2,464		)	2,475
Income taxes	(4		)	(105		)	(930		)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	915			(58		)	567
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	(5,290		)	(3,603		)	(2,781		)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	1,659			(243		)	7,260
Investing activities
Capital expenditures	(3,314		)	(3,632		)	(2,050		)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment	2			19			53
Net investment in life insurance	(70		)	(25		)	244
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities	(3,382		)	(3,638		)	(1,753		)
Financing activities
Proceeds from long-term debt	33,750			28,851			28,422
Repayment of long-term debt	(32,479		)	(24,656		)	(35,876		)
Common stock repurchased	(129		)	(116		)	(97		)
Cash dividend paid	—			—			—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	1,142			4,079			(7,551		)
Net (decrease) increase in cash	(581		)	198			(2,044		)
Cash at beginning of year	1,051			853			2,897
Cash at end of year	$	470		$	1,051		$	853
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest	$	1,454		$	1,302		$	1,556
Income tax, net	46			74			12

See accompanying notes.

46

VIRCO MFG. CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

January 31, 2015

1. Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

Business

Virco Mfg. Corporation (the “Company”), which operates in one business segment, is engaged in the design, production and distribution of quality furniture for the commercial and education markets. Over 65 years of manufacturing operations have resulted in a wide product assortment. Major products include mobile tables, mobile storage equipment, desks, computer furniture, chairs, activity tables, folding chairs and folding tables. The Company manufactures its products in Torrance, California, and Conway, Arkansas, for sale primarily in the United States.

The Company operates in a seasonal business, and requires significant amounts of working capital under its credit facility to fund acquisitions of inventory and finance receivables during the summer delivery season. Restrictions imposed by the terms of the Company’s credit facility may limit the Company’s operating and financial flexibility. However, management believes that its existing cash and available borrowings under its credit facility, and any cash generated from operations will be sufficient to fund its working capital requirements, capital expenditures and other obligations through the next 12 months.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Virco Mfg. Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Management Use of Estimates

Preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities - and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities - at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates made by management include, but are not limited to, valuation of inventory; deferred tax assets and liabilities; useful lives of property, plant, and equipment; liabilities under pension, warranty, self-insurance, and environmental claims, revenue recognition; and the accounts receivable allowance for doubtful accounts. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Fiscal Year End

Fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, refer to the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of accounts receivable. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and maintains allowances for potential credit losses. Sales to the Company’s recurring customers are generally made on open account with terms consistent with the industry. Credit is extended based on an evaluation of the customer’s financial condition and payment history. Past due accounts are determined based on how recently payments have been made in relation to the terms granted. Amounts are written off against the allowance in the period that the Company determines that the receivable is not collectable. The Company purchases insurance on receivables from certain commercial customers to minimize the Company’s credit risk. The Company does not typically obtain collateral to secure credit risk. Customers with inadequate credit are required to provide cash in advance or letters of credit. The Company does not assess interest on receivable balances. A substantial percentage of the Company’s receivables come from low-risk government entities. No customer exceeded 10% of the Company’s sales for each of the three years ended January 31, 2015. Foreign sales were approximately 7.7%, 7.5% and 10.0% of the Company’s sales for fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

No single customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s accounts receivable at January 31, 2015 or 2014. Because of the short time between shipment and collection, the net carrying value of receivables approximates the fair value for these assets.

47

Fair Values of Financial Instruments

The fair values of the Company’s cash, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate their carrying amounts due to their short-term nature.

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are classified in one of the three following categories, which are described below:

Level 1 — Valuations based on unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets in an active market.

Level 2 — Valuations based on quoted prices in markets where trading occurs infrequently or whose values are based on quoted prices of instruments with similar attributes in active markets.

Level 3 — Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and involve management judgment and our own assumptions about market participants and pricing.

Financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis include assets associated with the Virco Employees Retirement Plan.

Inventories

Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market (determined on a first-in, first-out basis) and includes material, labor, and factory overhead. The Company maintains allowances for estimated slow moving and obsolete inventory to reflect the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value. Allowances for slow moving and obsolete inventory are determined through a physical inspection of the product in connection with a physical inventory, a review of slow-moving product, and consideration of active marketing programs. The market for education furniture is traditionally driven by value, not style, and the Company has not typically incurred significant obsolescence expenses. If market conditions are less favorable than those anticipated by management, additional allowances may be required. Due to reductions in sales volume in the past years, the Company’s manufacturing facilities are operating at reduced levels of capacity. The Company records the cost of excess capacity as a period expense, not as a component of capitalized inventory valuation.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation and amortization are computed on the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes based upon the following estimated useful lives:

Land improvements	5 to 25 years
Buildings and building improvements	5 to 40 years
Machinery and equipment	3 to 10 years
Leasehold improvements	shorter of lease or useful life

The Company did not capitalize interest costs as part of the acquisition cost of property, plant and equipment for the years ended January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. The Company capitalizes the cost of significant repairs that extend the life of an asset. Repairs and maintenance that do not extend the life of an asset are expensed as incurred. Repair and maintenance expense was $1,616,000, $1,691,000 and $1,681,000 for fiscal years ended January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense was $4,408,000, $4,209,000 and $4,368,000 for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The Company subleased space at one of its facilities on a month-to-month basis during 2014, 2013 and 2012. Rental income was $40,000 for fiscal 2014, 2013, and 2012.

The Company has established asset retirement obligations related to leased manufacturing facilities in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standard Codification (ASC) Topic 410, “Asset Retirement and Environmental Obligations.” Accrued asset retirement obligations are recorded at net present value and discounted over the life of the lease. Asset retirement obligations, included in other non-current liabilities were $572,000 and $563,000 at January 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

48

	January 31,
	2015		2014
Balance at beginning of period	$	563,000	$	554,000
Decrease in obligation	—		—
Accretion expense	9,000		9,000
Balance at end of period	$	572,000	$	563,000

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

An impairment loss is recognized in the event facts and circumstances indicate the carrying amount of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable, and an estimate of future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset. Impairment is recorded based on the excess of the carrying amount of the impaired asset over the fair value. Generally, fair value represents the Company’s expected future cash flows from the use of an asset or group of assets, discounted at a rate commensurate with the risks involved. There were no impairments in fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Net Income (Loss) per Share

Basic net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding plus the dilution effect of stock grants. The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted income (loss) per share:

In thousands, except per share data	2014		2013			2012
Numerator
Net income (loss)	$	849	$	(1,730	)	$	(3,830	)
Denominator
Weighted-average shares — basic	14,756		14,620			14,387
Dilutive effect of equity incentive plans	231		—			—
Weighted-average shares — diluted (1)	14,987		14,620			14,387
Net income (loss) per common share
Basic	$	0.06	$	(0.12	)	$	(0.27	)
Diluted	0.06		(0.12		)	(0.27		)

___________________

(1) For fiscal years 2013 and 2012, approximately 180,000 and 119,000 shares of common stock equivalents, respectively, were excluded in the computation of diluted net income per share, as the effect would be anti-dilutive.

Environmental Costs

The Company is subject to numerous environmental laws and regulations in the various jurisdictions in which it operates that (a) govern operations that may have adverse environmental effects, such as the discharge of materials into the environment, as well as handling, storage, transportation and disposal practices for solid and hazardous wastes, and (b) impose liability for response costs and certain damages resulting from past and current spills, disposals or other releases of hazardous materials. Normal, recurring expenses related to operating the Company's factories in a manner that meets or exceeds environmental laws and regulations are matched to the cost of producing inventory.

Despite our efforts to comply with existing laws and regulations, compliance with more stringent laws or regulations, or stricter interpretation of existing laws, may require additional expenditures by us, some of which may be material. We reserve amounts for such matters when expenditures are probable and reasonably estimable.

Costs incurred to investigate and remediate environmental waste are expensed, unless the remediation extends the useful life of the assets employed at the site. At January 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had not capitalized any remediation costs and had not recorded any amortization expense in fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Advertising Costs

49

Advertising costs are expensed in the period during which the advertising space is run. Selling, general and administrative expenses include advertising costs of $1,277,000 in 2014, $1,246,000 in 2013, and $1,103,000 in 2012. Prepaid advertising costs reported as an asset on the balance sheet at January 31, 2015 and 2014, were $244,000 and $242,000, respectively.

Product Warranty Expense

The Company provides a product warranty on most products. The standard warranty offered on products sold through January 31, 2005 is five years. Effective February 1, 2005, the standard warranty was increased to 10 years on products sold after February 1, 2005. Effective February 1, 2014 the Company modified its warranty to a limited lifetime warranty. The new warranty effective February, 1, 2014 is not anticipated to have a significant effect on warranty expense. The Company generally provides that customers can return a defective product during the specified warranty period following purchase in exchange for a replacement product or that the Company can repair the product at no charge to the customer. The Company determines whether replacement or repair is appropriate in each circumstance. The Company uses historic data to estimate appropriate levels of warranty reserves. Because product mix, production methods, and raw material sources change over time, historic data may not always provide precise estimates for future warranty expense. The Company recorded warranty reserves of $950,000 and $1,000,000 as of January 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Self-Insurance

In 2014 and 2013, the Company was self-insured for product and general liability losses up to $250,000 per occurrence, for workers’ compensation losses up to $250,000 per occurrence, and for auto liability up to $50,000 per occurrence. Actuaries assist the Company in determining its liability for the self-insured component of claims, which have been discounted to their net present value utilizing a discount rate of 0.50% in 2014 and 0.50% in 2013.

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

The Company recognizes stock-based compensation cost for shares that are expected to vest, on a straight-line basis, over the requisite service period of the award.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax

The following table summarizes the changes in accumulated balances of other comprehensive income (loss) for the year ended January 31, 2015 and 2014:

	January 31,
(in thousands)	2015			2014
Balance as of beginning of year	$	(13,980	)	$	(15,986	)
Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications	(7,537		)	458
Amounts reclassified from AOCI	1,283			1,548
Net current period other comprehensive (loss) income	(6,254		)	2,006
Balance as of end of year	$	(20,234	)	$	(13,980	)

The reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) of $1,283,000 and $1,548,000 for the years ended January 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, related to amortization of actuarial losses.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 605, “Revenue Recognition.” Revenue is recognized when title passes under its various shipping terms, when installation services are complete, and when collectability is reasonably assured. The Company reports sales net of sales returns and allowances, sales taxes imposed by various government authorities, cash discounts and rebate to customers. In most instances, the Company sells furniture on bids and contracts, which may include multiple elements. For sales that include freight to the customer, many sales are delivered on the same day

50

shipped, with an average delivery being in route for 1 to 3 days. Installation, which involves carrying the furniture to the classroom and setting the desks and chairs in place, typically occurs the day the furniture is delivered.

In accordance with ASC 605, 25, “Revenue Recognition - Multiple-Element Arrangements,” revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables are generally accounted for by the Company on a combined unit of accounting as our customers control our ability to deliver and install the furniture, and as a result the furniture delivery and installation are generally provided at the same time. We recognize the consideration for the combined unit of accounting once the final item has been delivered and installed.

Delivery Costs

For the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, shipping and classroom delivery costs of approximately $15,411,000, $14,576,000 and $15,040,000, respectively, were included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

Accounting for Income Taxes

The Company recognizes deferred income taxes under the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 740, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” Deferred income taxes are recognized for differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities at enacted statutory tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance against deferred tax assets is recorded when it is determined to be more likely than not that the asset will not be realized.

Correction of Immaterial Errors

In connection with the preparation of the consolidated financial statements, the Company determined that certain payments directly made to customers, which were previously included in selling, general, and administrative expenses, should instead be reflected as decreases to net sales. The current year Consolidated Statement of Operations properly reflects payments directly made to customers as decreases to net sales. The Company evaluated the impact of this error on prior years’ financial statements and concluded that it was immaterial for the years ended January 31, 2014 and 2013, and for all interim periods within those years. While the amounts included in prior years were considered to be immaterial, the Company elected to revise the presentation of previously reported amounts to be consistent with the presentation for the year ended January 31, 2015. The changes resulted in decreases to net sales, gross margin and selling, general, and administrative expenses of $878,000 and $944,000, for the years ended January 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The unaudited quarterly results included in Note 11 have also been updated to reflect this change for all periods presented.

2. New Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers ("ASU 2014-09")an updated standard on revenue recognition. This ASU will supersede the revenue recognition requirements in Accounting Standards Codification Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, and most industry-specific guidance.  ASU 2014-09 provides enhancements to the quality and consistency of how revenue is reported while also improving comparability in the financial statements of companies reporting using US GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards.  The core principle of the new standard is for companies to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in amounts that reflect the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In doing so the Company may be required to use more judgment and make more estimates than under current authoritative guidance. ASU 2014-09 will be effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2017 and may be applied on a full retrospective or modified retrospective approach. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements-Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40), Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. This standard sets forth management’s responsibility to evaluate, each reporting period, whether there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, and if so, to provide related footnote disclosures. The standard is effective for annual and interim reporting periods ending after December 15, 2016.  We are currently evaluating this new standard and expect it to have no impact on our financial position and results of operations.

51

3. Debt

Outstanding balances (in thousands) for the Company’s long-term debt were as follows:

	January 31,
In thousands, except per share data	2015		2014
Revolving credit line	$	9,366	$	8,248
Other	153		—
Total debt	9,519		8,248
Less current portion	3,366		2,248
Non-current portion	$	6,153	$	6,000

On December 22, 2011 (the “Closing Date”), the Company and Virco Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“Virco” and, together with the Company, the “Borrowers”) entered into a Revolving Credit and Security Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and lender (“PNC”). The credit agreement has been amended nine times subsequent to that date, which, among other things, extended the maturity date of the Credit Agreement for three years until December 22, 2017, reduced the maximum availability under the Credit Agreement by $10,000,000 to $50,000,000, modified, eliminated, or waived covenants, amended seasonal advances and established sub-lines for equipment financing.

On March 31, 2015 the Company entered into Amendment No. 9, which retroactively modified the tangible net worth covenant at January 31, 2015 and established quarterly covenants for the fiscal year ending January 31, 2016.

The Credit Agreement provides the Borrowers with a secured revolving line of credit (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) of up to $50,000,000, with seasonal adjustments to the credit limit and subject to borrowing base limitations, and includes a sub-limit of up to $3,000,000 for issuances of letters of credit. The Revolving Credit Facility is an asset-based line of credit that is subject to a borrowing base limitation and generally provides for advances of up to 85% of eligible accounts receivable, plus a percentage equal to the lesser of 60% of the value of eligible inventory or 85% of the liquidation value of eligible inventory, plus an amount ranging from $8,000,000 to $14,000,000 from February 1 through July 31 of each year, minus undrawn amounts of letters of credit and reserves. The Revolving Credit Facility is secured by substantially all of the Borrowers' personal property and certain of the Borrowers' real property. The principal amount outstanding under the Credit Agreement and any accrued and unpaid interest is due no later than December 22, 2017, and the Revolving Credit Facility is subject to certain prepayment penalties upon earlier termination of the Revolving Credit Facility. Prior to the maturity date, principal amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement may be repaid and reborrowed at the option of the Borrowers without premium or penalty, subject to borrowing base limitations, seasonal adjustments and certain other conditions.

The Revolving Credit Facility bears interest, at the Borrowers' option, at either the Alternate Base Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement) or the Eurodollar Currency Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement), in each case plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin for Alternate Base Rate loans is a percentage within a range of 0.75% to 1.75%, and the applicable margin for Eurodollar Currency Rate loans is a percentage within a range of 1.75% to 2.75%, in each case based on the EBITDA of the Borrowers at the end of each fiscal quarter, and may be increased at PNC's option by 2.0% during the continuance of an event of default. Accrued interest with respect to principal amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement is payable in arrears on a monthly basis for Alternative Base Rate loans, and at the end of the applicable interest period but at most every three months for Eurodollar Currency Rate loans.

The Credit Agreement contains a covenant that forbids the Company from issuing dividends or making payments with respect to the Company's capital stock, and contains numerous other covenants that limit under certain circumstances the ability of the Borrowers and their subsidiaries to, among other things, merge with or acquire other entities, incur new liens, incur additional indebtedness, repurchase stock, sell assets outside of the ordinary course of business, enter into transactions with affiliates, or substantially change the general nature of the business of the Borrowers, taken as a whole. The Credit Agreement also requires the Company to maintain the following financial maintenance covenants: (1) a minimum tangible net worth amount, (2) a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, and (3) a minimum EBITDA amount, in each case as of the end of the relevant monthly, quarterly or annual measurement period. As of January 31, 2015 the Credit Agreement required the Company to maintain: (1) a minimum tangible net worth of at least $25,190,000 for the fiscal quarter ending January 31, 2015, (2) a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.00 to 1.00 for the four consecutive fiscal quarters ending January 31, 2015, and (3) a minimum EBITDA amount of $5,512,000 for the twelve consecutive fiscal months ending January 31, 2015. Subsequent to January 31, 2015, the Company entered into Amendment No. 9 to the credit agreement which modified the tangible net worth covenant to $20,565,000.The actual results of the Company with respect to the foregoing financial covenants for the period

52

ending January 31, 2015 were as follows: (1) the Company maintained a tangible net worth of $22,573,000 for the fiscal year ending January 31, 2015, (2) the Company maintained a fixed charge coverage ratio of greater than 1.00 to 1.00 for the four consecutive fiscal quarters ended January 31, 2015, and (3) the Company achieved EBITDA of $7,281,000 for the twelve consecutive fiscal months ending January 31, 2015.

In addition, the Credit Agreement contains a clean down provision that requires the Company to reduce borrowings under the line to less than $6,000,000 for a period of 60 consecutive days each fiscal year. The Company believes that normal operating cash flow will allow it to meet the clean down requirement with no adverse impact on the Company's liquidity.

The Company was in violation of its minimum tangible net worth covenant for the relevant period ending January 31, 2015. However, as noted above, on March 31, 2015 the Company entered into Amendment No. 9, which retroactively modified the tangible net worth covenant at January 31, 2015. The Company was in compliance with the modified covenant. The Company expects to be in compliance for the next fiscal year.

Events of default (subject to certain cure periods and other limitations) under the Credit Agreement include, but are not limited to, (i) non-payment of principal, interest or other amounts due under the Credit Agreement, (ii) the violation of terms, covenants, representations or warranties in the Credit Agreement or related loan documents, (iii) any event of default under agreements governing certain indebtedness of the Borrowers and certain defaults by the Borrowers under other agreements that would materially adversely affect the Borrowers, (iv) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation involving the Borrowers, (v) judgments or judicial actions against the Borrowers in excess of $250,000, subject to certain conditions, (vi) the failure of the Company to comply with Pension Benefit Plans (as defined in the Credit Agreement), (vii) the invalidity of loan documents pertaining to the Credit Agreement, (viii) a change of control of the Borrowers and (ix) the interruption of operations of any of the Borrowers' manufacturing facilities for five consecutive days during the peak season or fifteen consecutive days during any other time, subject to certain conditions.

Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, substantially all of the Borrowers' accounts receivable are automatically and promptly swept to repay amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility upon receipt by the Borrowers. Due to this automatic liquidating nature of the Revolving Credit Facility, if the Borrowers breach any covenant, violate any representation or warranty or suffer any deterioration in their ability to borrow pursuant to the borrowing base calculation, the Borrowers may not have access to cash liquidity unless provided by PNC at its discretion. In addition, certain of the covenants and representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement contain limited or no materiality thresholds, and many of the representations and warranties must be true and correct in all material respects upon each borrowing, which the Borrowers expect to occur on an ongoing basis. There can be no assurance that the Borrowers will be able to comply with all such covenants and be able to continue to make such representations and warranties on an ongoing basis.

The Company's line of credit with PNC is structured to provide seasonal credit availability during the Company's peak summer season. The Company believes that the Revolving Credit Facility will provide sufficient liquidity to meet its capital requirements in the next 12 months. Approximately $10,658,000 was available for borrowing as of January 31, 2015.

As of January 31, 2015, long-term debt repayments are approximately as follows (in thousands):

Year ending January 31,
2016	$	3,366
2017	6,153
2018	—
2019	—
2020	—
Thereafter	—

Management believes that the carrying value of debt approximated fair value at January 31, 2015 and 2014, as all of the long-term debt bears interest at variable rates based on prevailing market conditions.

4. Retirement Plans

Pension Plans

The Company maintains three defined benefit pension plans, the Virco Employees Retirement Plan (“Employee Plan”), the Virco Important Performers Retirement Plan (“VIP Plan”), and the Non-Employee Directors Retirement Plan (“Directors Plan”). The Company and its subsidiaries cover all employees hired prior to December 31, 2003 under the Employee Plan,

53

which is a qualified noncontributory defined benefit retirement plan. Benefits under the Employee Plan are based on years of service and career average earnings. Benefit accruals under the Employee Plan were frozen effective December 31, 2003.

The Company also provides a supplementary retirement plan for certain key employees, the VIP Plan. The VIP Plan provides a benefit up to 50% of average compensation for the last five years in the VIP Plan, offset by benefits earned under the Employee Plan. Benefit accruals under the VIP Plan were frozen effective December 31, 2003. The VIP Plan benefits are secured by a life insurance program. Substantially all assets securing the VIP Plan are held in a rabbi trust. These cash surrender values are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. The cash surrender values of the policies securing the VIP Plan were $3,311,000 and $3,238,000 at January 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Death benefits payable under life insurance policies held by the Plan were approximately $9,486,000 and $9,462,000 at January 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company maintains a rabbi trust to hold assets related to the VIP Retirement Plan and a Split $ Life Insurance Plan.

In April 2001, the Board of Directors established the Directors Plan, a non-qualified plan for non-employee directors of the Company. The Directors Plan provides a lifetime annual retirement benefit equal to the director’s annual retainer fee for the

fiscal year in which the director terminates his or her position with the board, subject to the director providing 10 years of service to the Company. Benefit accruals under the Directors Plan were frozen effective December 31, 2003. At January 31, 2015, the Directors Plan did not hold any assets.

The annual measurement date for all plans for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 is January 31. Effective December 31, 2003, the Company froze all future benefit accruals under the plans. Employees can continue to vest under the benefits earned to date, but no covered participants will earn additional benefits under the plan freeze.

Accounting policy regarding pensions requires management to make complex and subjective estimates and assumptions relating to amounts which are inherently uncertain. Three primary economic assumptions influence the reported values of plan liabilities and pension costs. The Company takes the following factors into consideration: discount rate, assumed rate of return and rate of increase in compensation.

The discount rate represents an estimate of the rate of return on a portfolio of high-quality fixed-income securities that would provide cash flows that match the expected benefit payment stream from the plans. When setting the discount rate, the Company utilizes a spot-rate yield curve developed from high-quality bonds currently available which reflects changes in rates that have occurred over the past year. This assumption is sensitive to movements in market rates that have occurred since the preceding valuation date, and therefore, may change from year to year.

Because the Company froze future benefit accruals for all three defined benefit plans, the compensation increase assumption had no impact on pension expense, accumulated benefit obligation or projected benefit obligation for the period ended January 31, 2015, 2014 or 2013.

The assumed rate of return on plan assets represents an estimate of long-term returns available to investors who hold a mixture of stocks, bonds, and cash equivalent securities. When setting its expected return on plan asset assumptions, the Company considers long-term rates of return on various asset classes (both historical and forecasted, using data collected from various sources generally regarded as authoritative) in the context of expected long-term average asset allocations for its defined benefit pension plan. Two of the Company's defined benefit pension plans (the VIP Plan and the Directors Plan) are executive benefit plans that are not funded and are subject to the Company's creditors. Because these plans are not funded, the assumed rate of return has no impact on pension expense or the funded status of the plans.

The Company maintains a trust for and funds the pension obligations for the Employee Plan. The board of directors appoints a Retirement Plan Committee that establishes a policy for investment and funding strategies. Approximately 70% of the trust assets are managed by investment advisors and held in common trust funds with the balance managed by the Retirement Plan Committee. The Retirement Plan Committee has established target asset allocations for its investment advisors, who invest the trust assets in a variety of institutional collective trust funds. The long-term asset allocation target provided to the investment advisors is 80% stock and 20% bond, with maximum allocations of 80% large cap stocks, 30% small cap stocks, and 30% international stock. The Company has established a custom benchmark derived from a variety of stock and bond indices that are weighted to approximate the asset allocation provided to the investment advisors. The investment advisors' performance is compared to the custom index as part of the evaluation of the investment advisors' performance. The Retirement Plan Committee receives monthly reports from the investment advisors and meets periodically with them to discuss investment performance.

At January 31, 2015 and 2014, the amount of the plan assets invested in bond or short-term investment funds was 14% and 12%, respectively, and the balance of the trust was held in equity funds or investments. The trust does not hold any Company stock.

54

During 2012 the pension plans were impacted by a reduction in discount rates and by a reduction in force. A reduction in the discount rate caused the liability for pension obligations to increase by approximately $2.0 million, $0.3 million, and $10,000 for the Employee Plan, the VIP Plan, and the Directors Plan, respectively. The increase in liability resulted in a comparable increase to AOCI. As part of a cost reduction plan, the Company offered benefits to employees who severed their employment with the Company. The severance benefits were paid in cash and did not include any additional benefits payable from retirement plan, the benefit formula was structured to reward employees with significant years of service, the same employees who would have earned benefits prior to the Employee Plan freeze in 2003. As a result of large distributions paid from the Employee Plan, a $760,000 settlement charge for the Employee Plan was recorded in the fourth quarter.

During 2013 the pension plans were impacted by a reduction in force. Although the severance benefits were paid in cash and did not include any additional benefits payable from a retirement plan, the severance included employees with vested pension benefits. The pension trust made significant lump sum distributions to participants in the latter part of the year, resulting in settlement charges in the third and fourth quarters. During 2013, the pension liability decreased due to increased discount rates.

During 2014, the pension plans were impacted severely by a material decrease in discount rates and by application of a new mortality table. A reduction in the discount rate caused pension obligations to increase by $5.4 million, $1.7 million, and $0.02 million for the Employee Plan, VIP Plan, and Director Plan, respectively.

It is the Company's policy to contribute adequate funds to the trust accounts to cover benefit payments under the VIP Plan and Directors Plan and to maintain the funded status of the Employee Plan at a level which is adequate to avoid significant restrictions to the Employee Plan under the Pension Protection Act of 2006. The Company contributed $2.4 million, $1.8 million, and $2.0 million, to the trust in 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. Contributions during 2015 will depend upon actual investment results and benefit payments, but are anticipated to be approximately $2.3 million. During 2014, 2013, and 2012, the Company paid approximately $580,000, $564,000 and $561,000 respectively, in benefits per year under the non-qualified plans. It is anticipated that contributions to non-qualified plans will be approximately $664,000 for 2015. At January 31, 2015, accumulated other comprehensive loss of approximately $22.7 million ($20.2 million net of tax) is attributable to the pension plans.

55

The following tables set forth (in thousands) the funded status of the Company’s pension plans at January 31, 2015, and 2014:

	Employee Plan						VIP Plan						Directors Plan
	1/31/2015			1/31/2014			1/31/2015			1/31/2014			1/31/2015			1/31/2014
Change in Benefit Obligation
Benefit obligation at beg. of year	$	32,069		$	32,840		$	7,662		$	8,054		$	439		$	468
Service cost	—			—			—			—			—			—
Interest cost	1,260			1,312			350			330			17			18
Participant contributions				—						—			—			—
Amendments				—						—			—			—
Actuarial losses (gains)	5,962			596			2,636			(176		)	8			(29		)
Plan settlement	—			(2,148		)				—						—
Benefits paid	(1,583		)	(531		)	(544		)	(546		)	(36		)	(18		)
Benefit obligation at end of year	$	37,708		$	32,069		$	10,104		$	7,662		$	428		$	439
Change in Plan Assets
Fair value at beg. of year	$	18,168		$	16,875		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Actual return on plan assets	2,172			2,122			—			—			—			—
Company contributions	2,430			1,850			544			546			36			18
Settlements	—			(2,148		)				—						—
Benefits paid	(1,583		)	(531		)	(544		)	(546		)	(36		)	(18		)
Fair value at end of year	$	21,187		$	18,168		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Funded Status
Unfunded status of the plan	$	(16,521	)	$	(13,901	)	$	(10,104	)	$	(7,662	)	$	(428	)	$	(439	)
Amounts Recognized in Statement of Financial Position
Current liabilities	—			—			(613		)	(584		)	—			(66		)
Non-current liabilities	(16,521		)	(13,901		)	(9,491		)	(7,078		)	(428		)	(373		)
Accrued benefit cost	$	(16,521	)	$	(13,901	)	$	(10,104	)	$	(7,662	)	$	(428	)	$	(439	)
Amounts Recognized in Statement of Financial Position and Operations
Accrued benefit liability	$	(16,521	)	$	(13,901	)	$	(10,104	)	$	(7,662	)	$	(428	)	$	(439	)
Accumulated other comp. loss (gain)	—			14,235			4,716			2,259			—			(75		)
Net amount recognized	$	(16,521	)	$	334		$	(5,388	)	$	(5,403	)	$	(428	)	$	(514	)
Items not yet Recognized as a Component of Net Periodic Pension Expense, Included in AOCI
Unrecognized net actuarial loss (gain)	$	17,992		$	14,235		$	4,716		$	2,259		$	(37	)	$	(75	)
Unamortized prior service costs	—			—			—			—			—			—
Net initial asset recognition	—			—			—			—			—			—
	$	17,992		$	14,235		$	4,716		$	2,259		$	(37	)	$	(75	)

56

	Employee Plan						VIP Plan						Directors Plan
	1/31/2015			1/31/2014			1/31/2015			1/31/2014			1/31/2015			1/31/2014
Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income
Net loss (gain)	$	4,893		$	(407	)	$	2,636		$	(176	)	$	8		$	(29	)
Prior service cost				—												—
Amortization of (loss) gain	(1,136		)	(2,264		)	(178		)	(222		)	31			14
Amortization of prior service cost (credit)	—			—			—			—			—			—
Amortization of initial asset	—			—			—			—			—			—
Total recognized in other comprehensive (loss) income	$	3,757		$	(2,671	)	$	2,458		$	(398	)	$	39		$	(15	)
Items to be Recognized as a Component of Periodic Pension Cost for next fiscal year
Prior service cost	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Net actuarial loss (gain)	1,529			1,136			484			178			—			(31		)
	$	1,529		$	1,136		$	484		$	178		$	—		$	(31	)
Supplemental Data
Projected benefit obligation	$	37,708		$	32,069		$	10,104		$	7,662		$	428		$	439
Accumulated benefit obligation	37,708			32,069			10,104			7,662			428			439
Fair value of plan assets	21,187			18,168			—			—			—			—
Components of Net Cost
Service cost	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Interest cost	1,260			1,312			350			330			17			18
Expected return on plan assets	(1,102		)	(1,119		)	—			—			—			—
Amortization of transition amount	—			—			—			—			—			—
Recognized (gain) loss due to curtailments	—			—			—			—			—			—
Amortization of prior service cost	—			—			—			—						—
Recognized net actuarial loss	1,136			2,264			178			222			(31		)	(14		)
Benefit cost	$	1,294		$	2,457		$	528		$	552		$	(14	)	$	4
Estimated Future Benefit Payments
FYE 01-31-2016	$	4,789					$	613					$	51
FYE 01-31-2017	2,686						339						48
FYE 01-31-2018	1,619						325						45
FYE 01-31-2019	2,045						350						42
FYE 01-31-2020	1,737						368						39
FYE 01-31-2021 to 2025	11,117						1,916						148
Total	$	23,993					$	3,911					$	373
Weighted Average Assumptions to Determine Benefit Obligations at Year-End
Discount rate	3.25		%	4.25		%	3.50		%	4.75		%	3.25		%	4.25		%
Rate of compensation increase	N/A			N/A			N/A			N/A			N/A			N/A
Weighted Average Assumptions to Determine Net Periodic Pension Cost
Discount rate	4.25		%	4.00		%	4.75		%	4.25		%	4.25		%	4.00		%
Expected return on plan assets	6.50		%	6.50		%	N/A			N/A			N/A			N/A
Rate of compensation increase	N/A			N/A			N/A			N/A			N/A			N/A

57

Fair Value Measurements of Plan Assets

Employee Plan

	1/31/2015		1/31/2014
Level 1 Measurement
Cash & Cash Equivalents	$	528	$	372
Common Stock	6,476		5,085
Total Level 1	$	7,004	$	5,457
Level 2 Measurement
Bond Index Fund	$	427	$	354
Core Bond CIT Fund	1,457		1,172
US Aggregate Bond Index Fund	627		355
Large Cap Growth Index Fund	3,610		3,758
Large Cap Value Index Fund	3,561		2,765
Russell 2000 Index Fund	1,499		1,602
International Equity Index Fund	1,653		1,359
Managed Investment Fund	1,075		938
Vanguard MSCI Emerging Markets Fund	274		408
Total Level 2	$	14,183	$	12,711
Level 3 Measurement
None	N/A		N/A

401(k) Retirement Plan

The Company’s retirement plan, which covers all U.S. employees, allows participants to defer from 1% to 50% of their eligible compensation through a 401(k) retirement program. Through December 31, 2001, the plan included an employee stock ownership component. The plan continues to include Virco stock as one of the investment options. At January 31, 2015 and 2014, the plan held 689,284 shares and 771,070 shares of Virco stock, respectively. For the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015, the Company made a small contribution to employees enrolled in the Plan in connection with an auto enrollment program. For the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015 and 2014, there was no employer match and therefore no compensation cost to the Company.

Life Insurance

The Company provided post-retirement life insurance to certain retired employees under the Dual Option Life Insurance Plan. Effective January 2004, the Company terminated this plan for active employees. The Company has purchased split-dollar life insurance on the lives of the covered participants. Death benefits due to participants are approximately $2,950,000. Cash surrender values of these policies, which are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets, were $2,924,000 and $3,076,000 at January 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Death benefits payable under the policies were approximately $5,696,000 and $5,990,000 at January 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Death benefits received under the Plan in excess of the benefit obligation will be retained in the trust and used to secure and fund benefits payable under the VIP Pension Plan. The Company maintains a rabbi trust to hold assets related to the Dual Option Life Insurance Plan. All assets securing this plan are held in the rabbi trust.

The following sets forth the Company's change in death benefits payable during the years ended January 31, 2015 and 2014:

	1/31/2015			1/31/2014
Liability beginning of year	$	2,401,000		$	2,316,000
Accretion expense	104,000			85,000
Present value of death benefits paid	(117,000		)	—
Liability end of year	$	2,388,000		$	2,401,000

58

5. Stock-Based Compensation and Stockholders’ Rights

Stock Incentive Plans

The Company's two stock plans are the 2011 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”) and the 2007 Employee Incentive Stock Plan (the “2007 Plan”). Under the 2011 Plan, the Company may grant an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares to its employees and non-employee directors in the form of stock options or awards. Restricted stock or stock units awarded under the 2011 Plan are expensed ratably over the vesting period of the awards. The Company determines the fair value of its restricted stock unit awards and related compensation expense as the difference between the market value of the awards on the date of grant less the exercise price of the awards granted. The Company granted 518,626 awards during fiscal 2014. As of January 31, 2015, there were approximately 878,694 shares available for future issuance under the 2011 Plan.

Under the 2007 Plan, the Company may grant an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares to its employees and non-employee directors in the form of stock options or awards. Restricted stock or stock units awarded under the 2007 Plan are expensed ratably over the vesting period of the awards. The Company determines the fair value of its restricted stock unit awards and related compensation expense as the difference between the market value of the awards on the date of grant less the exercise price of the awards granted. The Company granted no awards during fiscal 2014. As of January 31, 2015, there were approximately 13,075 shares available for future issuance under the 2007 Plan.

Accounting for the Plans

Restricted Stock Unit Awards

The following table presents a summary of restricted stock and stock unit awards:

			Expense for 12 months ended						Unrecognized Compensation Cost at
Date of Grants	Units Granted	Terms of Vesting	1/31/2015		1/31/2014		1/31/2013		1/31/2015
2011 Stock Incentive Plan
06/24/2014	28,626	1 year	$	49,000	$	—	$	—	$	25,000
06/24/2014	490,000	5 years	171,000		—		—		1,108,000
12/03/2013	10,000	1 year	13,000		6,000		—		—
12/03/2013	18,000	5 years	—		1,000		—		—
06/25/2013	71,430	1 year	50,000		100,000		—		—
06/19/2012	31,250	1 year	—		17,000		33,000		—
06/19/2012	520,000	5 years	157,000		160,000		111,000		366,000
2007 Stock Incentive Plan
06/19/2012	78,125	1 year	—		41,000		82,000		—
03/21/2012	40,000	Immediate	—		—		80,000		—
06/21/2011	68,960	1 year	—		—		67,000		—
06/16/2009	382,500	5 years	62,000		198,000		226,000		—
06/19/2007	262,500	5 years	—		—		99,000		—
Totals for the period			$	502,000	$	523,000	$	698,000	$	1,499,000

59

A summary of the Company’s restricted stock unit awards activity, and related information for the following years ended January 31, is as follows:

	2015				2014				2013
	Restricted stock units		Weighted- average fair value of restricted stock units		Restricted stock units		Weighted- average fair value of restricted stock units		Restricted stock units		Weighted- average fair value of restricted stock units
Outstanding at beginning of year	544,430		$	1.87	743,375		$	1.89	290,960		$	3.80
Granted	518,626		2.61		99,430		2.07		669,375		1.62
Vested	(232,430	)	2.38		(260,375	)	2.01		(204,960	)	3.63
Forfeited	(18,000	)	2.61		(38,000	)	2.00		(12,000	)	3.5
Outstanding at end of year	812,626		1.87		544,430		1.87		743,375		1.89
Weighted-average fair value of restricted stock units granted during the year			$	2.61			$	2.07			$	1.62

The aggregate fair value of restricted stock unit awards vested during fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $553,000, $523,000 and $744,000, respectively.

6. Income Taxes

The income tax expense (benefit) for the last three years is reconciled to the statutory federal income tax rate using the liability method as follows (in thousands):

	Year ended January 31,
	2015			2014			2013
Statutory	$	312		$	(929	)	$	(1,373	)
State taxes (net of federal tax)	144			(47		)	(124		)
Change in valuation allowance	(248		)	(253		)	1,480
State rate adjustment	(8		)	82			49
Change in unrecognized tax benefits	(19		)	(32		)	(246		)
Other	(112		)	176			5
Income tax expense (benefit)	$	69		$	(1,003	)	$	(209	)

Significant components of the expense (benefit) for income taxes (in thousands) attributed to continuing operations are as follows:

	Year ended January 31,
	2015			2014			2013
Current
Federal	$	—		$	1		$	—
State	35			(24		)	(275		)
	35			(23		)	(275		)
Deferred
Federal	232			(753		)	(1,192		)
State	48			23			(223		)
	280			(730		)	(1,415		)
Change in Valuation Allowance	(246		)	(250		)	1,481
	34			(980		)	66
Income tax expense (benefit)	$	69		$	(1,003	)	$	(209	)

60

Deferred tax assets and liabilities (in thousands) are comprised of the following:

	Year ended January 31,
	2015			2014
Deferred tax assets
Accrued vacation and sick leave	$	1,003		$	913
Retirement plans	10,887			8,960
Insurance reserves	830			956
Warranty	487			481
Net operating loss carryforwards	13,303			12,494
Intangibles	145			207
Inventory	1,472			1,590
Other	595			907
	$	28,722		$	26,508
Deferred tax liabilities
Tax in excess of book depreciation	$	(1,458	)	$	(1,407	)
Other	(85		)	(76		)
	$	(1,543	)	$	(1,483	)
Valuation allowance	(26,399		)	(24,210		)
Net deferred tax asset	$	780		$	815
Reported as:
Current deferred tax assets	$	156		$	203
Long-term deferred tax assets	624			611

The following table summarizes the activity related to our gross unrecognized tax benefits from February 1, 2013 to January 31, 2015 (in thousands):

	January 31,
	2015			2014
Balances as of February 1,	$	52		$	106
Increases related to prior year tax positions	3			—
Decreases related to prior year tax positions	—			(9		)
Increases related to current year tax positions	6			5
Decreases relating to settlements with taxing authorities	—			(19		)
Decreases related to lapsing of statute of limitations	(25		)	(31		)
Balance as of January 31,	$	36		$	52

At January 31, 2015, the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits associated with uncertain tax positions were $36,000, of which $24,000 if recognized, would favorably affect the effective tax rate.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense which is consistent with the recognition of the items in prior reporting. The Company had recorded a liability for interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits of $6,000 at January 31, 2015, and $16,000 at January 31, 2014. The Company closed its IRS examination for its tax return for the year ended January 31, 2011 with no changes. The Company is currently under IRS examination for the year ended January 31, 2013. No adjustments have been proposed. The years ended January 31, 2012 and forward remain open for examination by the IRS. The fiscal years ended January 31, 2011 and forward remain open for examination by state tax authorities. The Company is not currently under state examination.

During 2014 and 2013, the Company completed Texas income tax examinations of the tax years ending January 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. The examination did not materially impact the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The specific timing of when the resolution of each tax position will be reached is uncertain. As of January 31, 2015, it is reasonably possible that unrecognized tax benefits will decrease by $8,000 within the next 12 months due to the expiration of the statute of limitations.

61

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income or reversal of deferred tax liabilities during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. The Company considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. A valuation allowance was recorded against the majority of the net deferred tax assets totaling $26,399,000 and $24,210,000 at January 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. At January 31, 2015, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes, expiring at various dates through 2035. At January 31, 2015, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $26,340,000 and $54,332,000, respectively.

7. Commitments

The Company has operating leases on real property and equipment that expire at various dates. The Torrance, CA manufacturing and distribution facility is leased under a 5-year operating lease that expires on February 28, 2020. One of the Conway, AR manufacturing facilities is leased under a 10-year operating lease that expires on March 31, 2018. The Company leases machinery and equipment under a 5-year operating lease arrangement. The Company has the option of buying out the assets at the end of the lease period. The Company leases trucks, automobiles, and forklifts under operating leases that include certain fleet management and maintenance services. Certain of the leases contain renewal or purchase options and require payment for property taxes and insurance. The Company records rent expense on a straight-line basis based on contractual lease payments. Allowances from lessors for tenant improvements have been included in the straight-line rent expense for applicable locations. Tenant improvements are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining life of the applicable lease.

Minimum future lease payments (in thousands) for operating leases in effect as of January 31, 2015, are as follows:

Year ending January 31,
2016	$	3,364
2017	4,059
2018	4,541
2019	4,176
2020	4,157
Thereafter	347
Total minimum lease payments	20,644
Less sublease revenues	—
	$	20,644

Rent expense relating to operating leases was as follows (in thousands):

Year ended January 31,
2015	$	6,025
2014	6,555
2013	6,629

The Company has issued purchase commitments for raw materials at January 31, 2015, of approximately $9,664,000. There were no commitments in excess of normal operating requirements.

8. Contingencies

The Company and other furniture manufacturers are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the discharge of materials into the environment and the generation, handling, storage, transportation and disposal of waste and hazardous materials. The Company has expended, and expects to continue to spend, significant amounts in the future to comply with environmental laws. Normal recurring expenses relating to operating the Company factories in a manner that meets or exceeds environmental laws are matched to the cost of producing inventory. Despite the Company’s significant dedication to operating in compliance with applicable laws, there is a risk that the Company could fail to comply with a regulation or that applicable laws and regulations change. On these occasions, the Company records liabilities for remediation costs when remediation costs are probable and can be reasonably estimated.

62

The Company is subject to contingencies pursuant to environmental laws and regulations that in the future may require the Company to take action to correct the effects on the environment of prior disposal practices or releases of chemical or petroleum substances by the Company or other parties.

The Company has a self-insured retention for product and general liability losses up to $250,000 per occurrence, workers’ compensation liability losses up to $250,000 per occurrence, and for automobile liability losses up to $50,000 per occurrence. The Company has purchased insurance to cover losses in excess of the retention up to a limit of $30,000,000. The Company has obtained an actuarial estimate of its total expected future losses for liability claims and recorded a liability equal to the net present value of $2,130,000 and $2,425,000 at January 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, based upon the Company’s estimated payout period of five years using a 0.5% and 0.5% discount rate, respectively.

Workers’ compensation, automobile, general and product liability claims may be asserted in the future for events not currently known by management. Management does not anticipate that any related settlement, after consideration of the existing reserve for claims incurred and potential insurance recovery, would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Estimated payments under the self-insurance programs are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending January 31,
2015	$	400
2016	375
2017	375
2018	375
2019	375
Thereafter	250
Total	2,150
Discount to net present value	(20		)
	$	2,130

The Company and its subsidiaries are defendants in various legal proceedings resulting from operations in the normal course of business. It is the opinion of management, in consultation with legal counsel, that the ultimate outcome of all such matters will not materially affect the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

9. Warranty

The Company provides a warranty against all substantial defects in material and workmanship. In 2005 the Company extended its standard warranty from five years to 10 years. Effective February 1, 2014 the Company modified its warranty to a limited lifetime warranty. The new warranty effective February 1, 2014 is not anticipated to have a significant effect on warranty expense. The Company’s warranty is not a guarantee of service life, which depends upon events outside the Company’s control and may be different from the warranty period. The Company accrues an estimate of its exposure to warranty claims based upon both product sales data and an analysis of actual warranty claims incurred. The following is a summary of the Company’s warranty-claim activity during 2014 and 2013.

	January 31,
(In thousands)	2015			2014
Beginning balance	$	1,000		$	1,000
Provision for current year	650			600
Provision for (benefits from) prior year	(258		)	(220		)
Costs incurred	(442		)	(380		)
Ending balance	$	950		$	1,000

63

10. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated events subsequent to January 31, 2015, to assess the need for potential recognition or disclosure in this report. Such events were evaluated through the date these financial statements were issued. Based upon this evaluation, it was determined that no subsequent events occurred that require recognition or additional disclosure in the financial statements except for Amendment No. 9, dated March 31, 2015 to the Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2011, which is disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

11. Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

The Company’s quarterly results for the years ended January 31, 2015 and 2014, as adjusted, are summarized as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

	Q1			Q2		Q3		Q4
Year ended January 31, 2015
Net sales*	$	23,383		$	53,042	$	62,273	$	25,354
Gross profit*	8,030			20,696		20,672		6,000
Net (loss) income	(3,855		)	5,203		4,632		(5,131		)
Per common share
Net (loss) income**
Basic	$	(0.26	)	$	0.35	$	0.31	$	(0.35	)
Assuming dilution	(0.26		)	0.35		0.31		(0.35		)
Year ended January 31, 2014
Net sales*	$	19,713		$	56,794	$	59,055	$	19,480
Gross profit*	6,232			21,447		20,762		4,113
Net (loss) income	(4,447		)	6,210		3,408		(6,901		)
Per common share
Net (loss) income**
Basic	$	(0.31	)	$	0.43	$	0.23	$	(0.47	)
Assuming dilution	(0.31		)	0.42		0.23		(0.47		)

 ______________________________

* The Company revised the presentation of previously reported amounts to be consistent with the presentation for the year ended January 31, 2015. The changes resulted in decreases to net sales, gross margin and selling, general, and administrative expenses for the quarters ended January 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  

** Net loss per share was calculated based on basic shares outstanding due to the anti-dilutive effect on the inclusion of common stock equivalent shares.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures

Not applicable.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Assessing the costs and benefits of such controls and procedures necessarily involves the exercise of judgment by management, and such controls and procedures, by their nature, can provide only reasonable assurance that management’s objectives in establishing them will be achieved.

Virco carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including its President and Chief Executive Officer along with its Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report pursuant to Exchange Act

64

Rule 13a-15. Based upon the foregoing, the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer along with the Company’s Chief Financial Officer concluded that Virco’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective in ensuring that (i) information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and (ii) information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. See “Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.”

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

65

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers of the Registrant and Corporate Governance

Except for the information disclosed in Part 1 under the heading “Executive Officers” of the Registrant, the information required by this Item regarding directors shall be incorporated by reference to information set forth in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed within 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year end of January 31, 2015.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to information set forth in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed within 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year end of January 31, 2015.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to information set forth in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed within 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year end of January 31, 2015.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to information set forth in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed within 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year end of January 31, 2015.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to information set forth in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed within 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year end of January 31, 2015.

66

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

1. The following consolidated financial statements of Virco Mfg. Corporation are set forth in Item 8 of this report.

	Page numbers
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	41
Consolidated Balance Sheets - January 31, 2015 and 2014	42
Consolidated Statements of Operations - Years Ended January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013	44
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) - Years Ended January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013	45
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity - Years Ended January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013	46
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - Years Ended January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013	46
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - January 31, 2015	47

67

2. The following consolidated financial statement schedule of Virco Mfg. Corporation is included in Item 15:

VIRCO MFG. CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES

FOR THE YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013

(In Thousands)

Col. A	Col. B Beginning Balance		Col. C Charged to (Reduced from) Expenses		Col. E Deductions from Reserves		Col. F Ending Balance
Allowance for doubtful accounts for the period ended:
January 31, 2015	$	200	$	115	$	115	$	200
January 31, 2014	$	275	$	3	$	78	$	200
January 31, 2013	$	350	$	75	$	150	$	275
Warranty reserve for the period ended:
January 31, 2015	$	1,000	$	442	$	492	$	950
January 31, 2014	$	1,000	$	380	$	380	$	1,000
January 31, 2013	$	1,400	$	140	$	540	$	1,000
Product, general, workers’ compensation and automobile liability reserves for the period ended:
January 31, 2015	$	2,425	$	—	$	295	$	2,130
January 31, 2014	$	2,985	$	—	$	560	$	2,425
January 31, 2013	$	2,915	$	70	$	—	$	2,985
Deferred tax valuation allowance for the period ended:
January 31, 2015	$	24,210	$	2,189	$	—	$	26,399
January 31, 2014	$	24,601	$	—	$	391	$	24,210
January 31, 2013	$	22,859	$	1,742	$	—	$	24,601

All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions, are inapplicable, or are included in the Financial Statements or Notes thereto, and therefore are not required to be presented under this Item.

3. Exhibits

See Index to Exhibits. The exhibits listed in the accompanying Index to Exhibits are filed as part of this report.

68

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	VIRCO MFG. CORPORATION
Date: April 24, 2015	By:	/s/ Robert A. Virtue
		Robert A. Virtue
		Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

69

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Robert A. Virtue and Robert E. Dose his/her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and, for him/her and in his/her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments to this report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he/she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his/her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

SIGNATURE	TITLE	DATE
/s/ Robert A. Virtue	Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Director (Principal Executive Officer)	April 24, 2015
Robert A. Virtue
/s/ Douglas A. Virtue	President and Chief Operating Officer	April 24, 2015
Douglas A. Virtue
/s/ Robert E. Dose	Vice President, Finance, Secretary and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)	April 24, 2015
Robert E. Dose
/s/ Bassey Yau	Vice President, Accounting, Corporate Controller, Assistant Secretary and Assistant Treasurer (Principal Accounting Officer)	April 24, 2015
Bassey Yau
/s/ Mike DiGregorio	Director	April 24, 2015
Mike DiGregorio
/s/ Don Rudkin	Director	April 24, 2015
Don Rudkin
/s/ Robert Lind	Director	April 24, 2015
Robert Lind

70

VIRCO MFG. CORPORATION

EXHIBITS TO FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT

for the Year Ended January 31, 2015

Exhibit Number	Description
3.1	Certificate of Incorporation of the Company dated April 23, 1984, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to the Company’s Form 8-A12B (Commission File No. 001-08777), filed with the Commission on June 18, 2007).
3.2	Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company dated September 10, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File No. 001-08777), filed with the Commission on September 12, 2014).
10.1	Form of Virco Mfg. Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “ESOP”) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form S-8 Registration Statement (Commission File No. 33-65098), filed with the Commission on June 25, 1993).
10.2	Trust Agreement for the ESOP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form S-8 Registration Statement (Commission File No. 33-65098), filed with the Commission on June 25, 1993).
10.3	Form of Registration Rights Agreement for the ESOP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Form S-8 Registration Statement (Commission File No. 33-65098), filed with the Commission on June 25, 1993).
10.4	Lease dated February 1, 2006, between FHL Group, a California Corporation, as landlord and Virco Mfg. Corporation, a Delaware Corporation, as tenant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on February 3, 2006).
10.5	Design Agreement dated January 21, 2008, between the Company and Peter Glass Design, LLC, and Hedgehog Design, LLC. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 and 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 25, 2008).
10.6	Lease amendment dated August 14, 2008, between AMB Property, L.P., a Delaware Limited Partnership, as landlord and Virco Mfg. Corporation, a Delaware Corporation, as tenant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10Q filed with the Commission on September 9, 2008).
10.7	Third Amendment to Lease Agreement, entered into as of December 20, 2013, by and between Starboard Distribution Center, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, successor in interest to AMB Property, L.P., a Delaware limited Partnership and Virco Mfg. Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 20, 2013.
10.8	Virco Mfg. Corporation 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8K filed with the Commission on June 27, 2011).
10.9	Revolving Credit and Security Agreement dated as of December 22, 2011 by and among Virco Mfg. Corporation and Virco Inc., as borrowers, and PNC Bank, National Association, as the lender and administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8K filed with the Commission on December 22, 2011).
10.10	First Amendment to Revolving Credit and Securities Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2012, by and among Virco Mfg. Corporation and Virco, Inc., as borrowers, and PNC Bank, National Association, as the lender and administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on September 14, 2012).

10.11	Second Amendment to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of July 27, 2012, by and among Virco Mfg. Corporation and Virco, Inc., as borrowers, and PNC Bank, National Association, as the lender and administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 31, 2012).
10.12	Third Amendment to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of September 12, 2012, by and among Virco Mfg. Corporation and Virco, Inc., as borrowers, and PNC Bank, National Association, as the lender and administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on September 14, 2012).
10.13	Fourth Amendment to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2012, by and among Virco Mfg. Corporation and Virco, Inc., as borrowers, and PNC Bank, National Association, as the lender and administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on December 7, 2012).

71

Exhibit Number	Description
10.14	Fifth Amendment to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2013, by and among Virco Mfg. Corporation and Virco, Inc., as borrowers, and PNC Bank, National Association, as the lender and administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 1, 2013).
10.15	Sixth Amendment to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of January 9, 2014, by and among Virco Mfg. Corporation and Virco, Inc., as borrowers, and PNC Bank, National Association, as the lender and administrative agent.
10.16	Seventh Amendment to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of April 15, 2014, by and among Virco Mfg. Corporation and Virco, Inc., as borrowers, and PNC Bank, National Association, as the lender and administrative agent. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 16, 2014).
10.17	Eighth Amendment to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of August 18, 2014, by and among Virco Mfg. Corporation and Virco, Inc., as borrowers, and PNC Bank, National Association, as the lender and administrative agent.
10.18	First Amendment to the Virco Mfg. Corporation 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement on Form DEF 14A filed with the Commission on May 23, 2014).
10.19	Form of Agreement with Resigning Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 13, 2014).
10.20*	Ninth Amendment to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2015, by and among Virco Mfg. Corporation and Virco, Inc., as borrowers, and PNC Bank, National Association, as the lender and administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on April 24, 2015).
21.1*	List of All Subsidiaries of Virco Mfg. Corporation.
23.1*	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
31.1*	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2*	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1*	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
101.INS*	XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LAB*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101.PRE*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

______________________

* Filed herewith.

72

EX-10.20

Exhibit 10.20

NINTH AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This NINTH AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of March 31, 2015, by and among VIRCO MFG. CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“VMC”), VIRCO INC., a Delaware corporation (“Virco”, and together with VMC, “Borrowers” and, each individually, a “Borrower”), the financial institutions from time to time party to the Credit Agreement (as defined below) as lenders (collectively, “Lenders”), and PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“PNC”), as administrative agent for Lenders (PNC, in such capacity, “Agent”), with respect to the following:

A.Borrowers, Lenders and Agent have previously entered into that certain Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2011 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”).

B.Borrowers have requested that Agent and Lenders extend the draw period under the Temporary Equipment Line and make certain other changes to the Credit Agreement. Agent and Lenders are agreeable to the Borrowers’ requests but only on the terms and conditions set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth in the Credit Agreement, the Loan Documents and this Amendment, and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1.Definitions Incorporated. Initially capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Amendment have the respective meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby.

2.Amendments to the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a)The following new definitions are hereby added to Section 1.2 of the Credit Agreement in proper alphabetical order to read as follows:

“‘Ninth Amendment’ means the Ninth Amendment to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement dated as of March 31, 2015 among Borrowers, the Lenders party thereto and Agent.”

“‘Ninth Amendment Date means March 31, 2015.”

(b)The definition of “Temporary Equipment Line” set forth in Section 1.2 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“‘Temporary Equipment Line’ means a temporary line of credit terminating on July 31, 2015 of up to $1,000,000 in the aggregate outstanding to be used exclusively by Borrowers to finance up to 80% of the invoice cost of new or used equipment, net of tax, freight and installation charges.”

(c)Section 2.5(e) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(e)Unpaid advances on the Temporary Equipment Line must be repaid beginning July 31, 2015 and continuing on the first date of each month thereafter, in an amount that will reduce the 80% advance rate against each item of equipment financed through the Temporary Equipment Line by 2.77% per month.”

(d)Section 6.5(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(a)Tangible Net Worth. Have as of each fiscal quarter of the Borrowers ending as of the date set forth below a Tangible Net Worth for such fiscal quarter end in an amount not less than the amount set forth opposite such fiscal quarter end:

Fiscal Quarter End	Minimum Tangible Net Worth
January 31, 2015	$20,565,000
April 30, 2015	$14,813,800
July 31, 2015	$21,511,800
October 31, 2015	$26,191,050
January 31, 2016	$21,346,050”

(e)Section 6.5(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. Cause to be maintained a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.00 to 1.00 for the trailing twelve month period of the Borrowers ending January 31, 2016.

(f)The text of the table set forth in clause (c) of Section 6.5 of the Credit Agreement with respect to the fiscal periods and minimum EBITDA is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

“Fiscal Month Period and Fiscal Month End	EBITDA
Fiscal month ending February 28, 2015	Not Measured
Two consecutive fiscal months ending March 31, 2015	Not Measured
Three consecutive fiscal months ending April 30, 2015	$(4,758,000)
Four consecutive fiscal months ending May 31, 2015	Not Measured
Five consecutive fiscal months ending June 30, 2015	Not Measured
Six consecutive fiscal months ending July 31, 2015	$4,475,000
Seven consecutive fiscal months ending August 31, 2015	Not Measured
Eight consecutive fiscal months ending September 30, 2015	Not Measured
Nine consecutive fiscal months ending October 31, 2015	$10,153,000
Ten consecutive fiscal months ending November 30, 2015	Not Measured
Eleven consecutive fiscal months ending December 31, 2015	Not Measured
Twelve consecutive fiscal months ending January 31, 2016	$6,137,000”

3.Amendment Fee. On the date hereof, Borrowers shall pay to Agent, in addition to all other fees and charges set forth in the Credit Agreement, a non-refundable amendment fee of $15,000, which fee may be charged to the Borrowers’ Account as a Revolving Advance (the “Amendment Fee”).

4.Conditions Precedent. The obligations of Agent and Lenders hereunder, and this Amendment, will be effective on the date (the “Ninth Amendment Effective Date”) of satisfaction of each of the following conditions precedent, each in a manner in form and substance acceptable to Agent:

(a)Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties contained herein and in the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof as if made on the date hereof, except for such representations and warranties limited by their terms to a specific

date, in which case each such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such specific date;

(b)No Default. After giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(c)Amendment. Borrowers shall have delivered to Agent an executed original of this Amendment;

(d)Fees. Borrowers shall have paid the Amendment Fee, or in Agent’s discretion, Agent shall have charged the Amendment Fee to the Borrowers’ Account as a Revolving Advance; and

(e)Other. All corporate and other proceedings, and all documents, instruments and other legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall be satisfactory in form and substance to Agent and its counsel.

5.Representations and Warranties. To induce Lenders and Agent to enter into this Amendment, each Borrower represents and warrants to Lenders and Agent as of the date hereof as follows:

(a)Such Borrower has full power, authority and legal right to enter into this Amendment and to perform all its respective Obligations hereunder. This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by such Borrower and the Credit Agreement, as amended by this Amendment constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Borrower enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally. The execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment (i) are within such Borrower’s powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary company action, are not in contravention of law or the terms of such Borrower’s by-laws, certificate of incorporation, or other applicable documents relating to such Borrower’s formation or to the conduct of such Borrower’s business or of any material agreement or undertaking to which such Borrower is a party or by which such Borrower is bound, (ii) will not conflict with or violate any law or regulation, or any judgment, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or Governmental Body, (iii) will not require the Consent of any Governmental Body or any other Person, except those Consents which will have been duly obtained, made or compiled prior to date hereof and which are in full force and effect, and (iv) will not conflict with, nor result in any breach in any of the provisions of or constitute a default under or result in the creation of any Lien except Permitted Encumbrances upon any asset of such Borrower under the provisions of any material agreement, charter document, instrument, by-law or other instrument to which such Borrower is a party or by which it or its property is a party or by which it may be bound.

(b)After giving effect to this Amendment, the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects except to the extent any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, in which case each such representation and warranty is true and correct in all material respects as of such specific date, and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

6.Reaffirmation. Except as specifically modified by this Amendment, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms and are hereby ratified, reaffirmed and confirmed by Borrowers.

7.Events of Default. Any failure to comply with the terms of this Amendment will constitute an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement.

8.Integration. This Amendment, together with the Credit Agreement and the Loan Documents, incorporates all negotiations of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and is the final expression and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

9.Severability. If any part of this Amendment is contrary to, prohibited by, or deemed invalid under Applicable Laws, such provision shall be inapplicable and deemed omitted to the extent so contrary, prohibited or invalid, but the remainder hereof shall not be invalidated thereby and shall be given effect so far as possible.

10.Submission of Amendment. The submission of this Amendment to the parties or their agents or attorneys for review or signature does not constitute a commitment by Agent or Lenders to amend or otherwise modify any of the provisions of the Credit Agreement and this Amendment shall have no binding force or effect until the Ninth Amendment Effective Date.

11.Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures. This Amendment may be executed in any number of and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts, all of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an original, but

all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature delivered by a party by facsimile transmission shall be deemed to be an original signature hereto.

12.Governing Law. This Amendment is a Loan Document and is governed by the Applicable Law pertaining in the State of New York, other than those conflict of law provisions that would defer to the substantive laws of another jurisdiction. This governing law election has been made by the parties in reliance on, among other things, Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York, as amended (as and to the extent applicable), and other Applicable Law.

13.Successors and Assigns. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Borrowers, Lenders, Agent, and all future holders of the Obligations and their respective successors and assigns, except that no Borrower may assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Amendment without the prior written consent of Agent.

14.Attorneys’ Fees; Costs. Borrowers agree to promptly pay, upon written demand, all reasonable and documented attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with the negotiation, documentation and execution of this Amendment. If any legal action or proceeding shall be commenced at any time by any party to this Amendment in connection with its interpretation or enforcement, the prevailing party or parties in such action or proceeding shall be entitled to reimbursement of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs in connection therewith, in addition to all other relief to which the prevailing party or parties may be entitled.

15.Jury Trial Waiver. To the extent not prohibited by applicable law, each party to this Amendment hereby expressly waives any right to trial by jury of any claim, demand, action, or cause of action (a) arising under this Amendment or any other instrument, document, or agreement executed or delivered in connection herewith, or (b) in any way connected with or related or incidental to the dealings of the parties hereto or any of them with respect to this Amendment or any other instrument, document, or agreement executed or delivered in connection herewith, or the transactions related hereto or thereto in each case whether now existing or hereafter arising, and whether sounding in contract or tort or otherwise and each party hereto hereby consents that any such claim, demand, action, or cause of action shall be decided by court trial without a jury, and that any party to this Amendment may file an original counterpart or a copy of this Section with any court as written evidence of the consents of the parties hereto to the waiver of their right to trial by jury. Without limiting the applicability of any other provision of the Credit Agreement, the terms of Article XII of the Credit Agreement shall apply to this Amendment.

16.Total Agreement. This Amendment, the Credit Agreement, and the other Loan Documents contain the entire understanding among Borrowers, Lenders and Agent and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, if any, relating to the subject matter hereof. Any promises, representations, warranties, or guarantees not herein contained and hereinafter made have no force and effect unless in writing, signed by Borrowers’ and Agent’s respective officers. Neither this Amendment nor any portion or provisions hereof may be changed, modified, amended, waived, supplemented, discharged, cancelled, or terminated orally or by any course of dealing, or in any manner other than by an agreement in writing, signed by the party to be charged. Each Borrower acknowledges that it has been advised by counsel in connection with the execution of this Amendment and the other Loan Documents and is not relying upon oral representations or statements inconsistent with the terms and provisions of this Amendment.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.

VIRCO MFG. CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation, as a Borrower

By:_____/s/Robert E. Dose_______

Name: Robert E. Dose

Title: Vice President

VIRCO INC.,

a Delaware corporation, as a Borrower

By: _____/s/Robert E. Dose_______

Name: Robert E. Dose

Title: Vice President

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Lender and as Agent

By:_____/s/Jeanette Vandenbergh___

Name:Jeanette Vandenbergh

Title: Senior Vice President

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

Virco Inc.

2027 Harpers Way

Torrance, CA 90501

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

(1) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-32539) pertaining to the Virco Mfg. Corporation 1997 Stock Incentive Plan,

(2) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-51717) pertaining to the Virco Mfg. Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan,

(3) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-74832) pertaining to the Virco Mfg. Corporation 401(K) Savings Plan,

(4) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-143874) pertaining to the Virco Mfg. Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan,

(5) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-175638) pertaining to the Virco Mfg. Corporation 2011 Stock Incentive Plan,

(6) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-198723) pertaining to the Virco Mfg. Corporation 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, and

(7) Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-135618) of Virco Mfg. Corporation pertaining to the resale of Virco Mfg. Corporation’s common stock by certain selling securityholders;

of our report dated April 24, 2015, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Virco Mfg. Corporation included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Virco Mfg. Corporation for the year ended January 31, 2015.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Los Angeles, California

April 24, 2015

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Robert A. Virtue, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Form 10-K of Virco Mfg. Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

	/s/ Robert A. Virtue
	Robert A. Virtue
Date: April 24, 2015	Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board (Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Robert E. Dose, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Form 10-K of Virco Mfg. Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

	/s/ Robert E. Dose
	Robert E. Dose
Date: April 24, 2015	Vice President — Finance, Secretary and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Each of the undersigned hereby certifies, in his capacity as an officer of Virco Mfg. Corporation (the “Company”), for purposes of 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to his own knowledge:

• The Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the period ended January 31, 2015, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

• The information contained in such report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operation of the Company.

Dated: April 24, 2015

/s/ Robert A. Virtue

Robert A. Virtue

Chief Executive Officer

and Chairman of the Board

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Robert E. Dose

Robert E. Dose

Vice President — Finance, Secretary and Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer)

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Virco Mfg. Corporation and will be retained by Virco Mfg. Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

XML

Warranty

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Standard Product Warranty Disclosure [Abstract]

Warranty

Warranty

The Company provides a warranty against all substantial defects in material and workmanship. In 2005 the Company extended its standard warranty from five years to 10 years. Effective February 1, 2014 the Company modified its warranty to a limited lifetime warranty. The new warranty effective February 1, 2014 is not anticipated to have a significant effect on warranty expense. The Company’s warranty is not a guarantee of service life, which depends upon events outside the Company’s control and may be different from the warranty period. The Company accrues an estimate of its exposure to warranty claims based upon both product sales data and an analysis of actual warranty claims incurred. The following is a summary of the Company’s warranty-claim activity during 2014 and 2013.

	January 31,
(In thousands)	2015			2014
Beginning balance	$	1,000		$	1,000
Provision for current year	650			600
Provision for (benefits from) prior year	(258		)	(220		)
Costs incurred	(442		)	(380		)
Ending balance	$	950		$	1,000

XML

Income Taxes (Income Tax Expense Reconciliation) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Statutory	$ 312	$ (929)	$ (1,373)
State taxes (net of federal tax)	144	(47)	(124)
Change in valuation allowance	(248)	(253)	1,480
State rate adjustment	(8)	82	49
Change in unrecognized tax benefits	(19)	(32)	(246)
Other	(112)	176	5
Income tax expense (benefit)	$ 69	$ (1,003)	$ (209)

XML

Consolidated Statements of Inocme (Operations) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015		Jan. 31, 2014		Jan. 31, 2013
Income Statement [Abstract]
Net sales	$ 164,052		$ 155,042		$ 157,913
Costs of goods sold	108,654		102,488		107,304
Gross profit	55,398		52,554		50,609
Selling, general and administrative expenses	52,741		52,587		52,369
Gain on sale of property, plant & equipment	(2)		(10)		(37)
Restructuring expense	287		1,408		760
Operating Income (Loss)	2,372		(1,431)		(2,483)
Interest expense, net	1,454		1,302		1,556
Income (loss) before income taxes	918		(2,733)		(4,039)
Income tax expense (benefit)	69		(1,003)		(209)
Net income (loss)	$ 849		$ (1,730)		$ (3,830)
Net income (loss) per common share:
Basic	$ 0.06	[1]	$ (0.12)	[1]	$ (0.27)	[1]
Diluted	$ 0.06	[1]	$ (0.12)	[1]	$ (0.27)	[1]
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic	14,756		14,620		14,387
Diluted	14,987	[2]	14,620	[2]	14,387	[2]

[1] Net loss per share for fiscal years 2013 and 2012 were calculated based on basic shares outstanding due to the anti-dilutive effect on the inclusion of common stock equivalent shares.

[2] For fiscal years 2013 and 2012, approximately 180,000 and 119,000 shares of common stock equivalents, respectively, were excluded in the computation of diluted net income per share, as the effect would be anti-dilutive.

XML

New Accounting Pronouncements

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

New Accounting Pronouncements and Changes in Accounting Principles [Abstract]

New Accounting Pronouncements

New Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers ("ASU 2014-09")an updated standard on revenue recognition. This ASU will supersede the revenue recognition requirements in Accounting Standards Codification Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, and most industry-specific guidance.  ASU 2014-09 provides enhancements to the quality and consistency of how revenue is reported while also improving comparability in the financial statements of companies reporting using US GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards.  The core principle of the new standard is for companies to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in amounts that reflect the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In doing so the Company may be required to use more judgment and make more estimates than under current authoritative guidance. ASU 2014-09 will be effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2017 and may be applied on a full retrospective or modified retrospective approach. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements-Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40), Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. This standard sets forth management’s responsibility to evaluate, each reporting period, whether there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, and if so, to provide related footnote disclosures. The standard is effective for annual and interim reporting periods ending after December 15, 2016.  We are currently evaluating this new standard and expect it to have no impact on our financial position and results of operations.

XML

Debt (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Outstanding balances of long-term debt

Outstanding balances (in thousands) for the Company’s long-term debt were as follows:

	January 31,
In thousands, except per share data	2015		2014
Revolving credit line	$	9,366	$	8,248
Other	153		—
Total debt	9,519		8,248
Less current portion	3,366		2,248
Non-current portion	$	6,153	$	6,000

Schedule of maturities of long-term debt

As of January 31, 2015, long-term debt repayments are approximately as follows (in thousands):

Year ending January 31,
2016	$	3,366
2017	6,153
2018	—
2019	—
2020	—
Thereafter	—

XML

Income Taxes (Unrecognized Tax Benefits) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014
Reconciliation of Unrecognized Tax Benefits, Excluding Amounts Pertaining to Examined Tax Returns [Roll Forward]
Beginning Balance, unrecognized tax benefits	$ 52	$ 106
Increases related to prior year tax positions	3	0
Decreases related to prior year tax positions	0	(9)
Increases related to current year tax positions	6	5
Unrecognized Tax Benefits, Decrease Resulting from Settlements with Taxing Authorities	0	(19)
Decreases related to lapsing of statute of limitations	(25)	(31)
Ending Balance, unrecognized tax benefits	$ 36	$ 52

XML

Subsequent Events

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

Subsequent Events

Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated events subsequent to January 31, 2015, to assess the need for potential recognition or disclosure in this report. Such events were evaluated through the date these financial statements were issued. Based upon this evaluation, it was determined that no subsequent events occurred that require recognition or additional disclosure in the financial statements except for Amendment No. 9, dated March 31, 2015 to the Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2011, which is disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

XML

Retirement Plans (Fair Value of Employee Plan Assets) (Details) (Employee Plan [Member], USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	$ 21,187	$ 18,168	$ 16,875
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 1 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	7,004	5,457
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	14,183	12,711
Cash and Cash Equivalents [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 1 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	528	372
Common Stock [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 1 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	6,476	5,085
Bond Index Fund [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	427	354
Core Bond CIT Fund [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	1,457	1,172
US Aggregate Bond Index Fund [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	627	355
Large Cap Growth Index Fund [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	3,610	3,758
Large Cap Value Index Fund [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	3,561	2,765
Russell 2000 Index Fund [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	1,499	1,602
International Equity Index Fund [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	1,653	1,359
Managed Investment Fund [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	1,075	938
Vanguard MSCI Emerging Markets Fund [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	$ 274	$ 408

XML

Income Taxes (Details Textual) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Unrecognized tax benefits	$ 36	$ 52	$ 106
Unrecognized tax benefits that would favorably impact effective tax rate	24
Liability for interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits	6	16
Unrecognized tax benefit amount that is reasonably possible to decrease	8
Valuation allowance	26,399	24,210
Federal net operating loss carryforward	26,340
State net operating loss carryforward	$ 54,332

XML

Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (Self-Insurance) (Details) (USD $)	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014
Loss Contingencies [Line Items]
Discount rate	0.50%	0.50%
Product and General Liability [Member]
Loss Contingencies [Line Items]
Self insurance reserve	250,000	250,000
Workers Compensation [Member]
Loss Contingencies [Line Items]
Self insurance reserve	250,000	250,000
Automobile Losses [Member]
Loss Contingencies [Line Items]
Self insurance reserve	50,000	50,000

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income tax expense (benefit) reconciled to statutory rate

The income tax expense (benefit) for the last three years is reconciled to the statutory federal income tax rate using the liability method as follows (in thousands):

	Year ended January 31,
	2015			2014			2013
Statutory	$	312		$	(929	)	$	(1,373	)
State taxes (net of federal tax)	144			(47		)	(124		)
Change in valuation allowance	(248		)	(253		)	1,480
State rate adjustment	(8		)	82			49
Change in unrecognized tax benefits	(19		)	(32		)	(246		)
Other	(112		)	176			5
Income tax expense (benefit)	$	69		$	(1,003	)	$	(209	)

Significant components of expense (benefit)

Significant components of the expense (benefit) for income taxes (in thousands) attributed to continuing operations are as follows:

	Year ended January 31,
	2015			2014			2013
Current
Federal	$	—		$	1		$	—
State	35			(24		)	(275		)
	35			(23		)	(275		)
Deferred
Federal	232			(753		)	(1,192		)
State	48			23			(223		)
	280			(730		)	(1,415		)
Change in Valuation Allowance	(246		)	(250		)	1,481
	34			(980		)	66
Income tax expense (benefit)	$	69		$	(1,003	)	$	(209	)

Deferred tax assets and liabilities

Deferred tax assets and liabilities (in thousands) are comprised of the following:

	Year ended January 31,
	2015			2014
Deferred tax assets
Accrued vacation and sick leave	$	1,003		$	913
Retirement plans	10,887			8,960
Insurance reserves	830			956
Warranty	487			481
Net operating loss carryforwards	13,303			12,494
Intangibles	145			207
Inventory	1,472			1,590
Other	595			907
	$	28,722		$	26,508
Deferred tax liabilities
Tax in excess of book depreciation	$	(1,458	)	$	(1,407	)
Other	(85		)	(76		)
	$	(1,543	)	$	(1,483	)
Valuation allowance	(26,399		)	(24,210		)
Net deferred tax asset	$	780		$	815
Reported as:
Current deferred tax assets	$	156		$	203
Long-term deferred tax assets	624			611

Unrecognized tax benefits

The following table summarizes the activity related to our gross unrecognized tax benefits from February 1, 2013 to January 31, 2015 (in thousands):

	January 31,
	2015			2014
Balances as of February 1,	$	52		$	106
Increases related to prior year tax positions	3			—
Decreases related to prior year tax positions	—			(9		)
Increases related to current year tax positions	6			5
Decreases relating to settlements with taxing authorities	—			(19		)
Decreases related to lapsing of statute of limitations	(25		)	(31		)
Balance as of January 31,	$	36		$	52

XML

Stock-Based Compensation and Stockholders' Rights (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Schedule of Restricted Stock and Stock Unit Award Activity

The following table presents a summary of restricted stock and stock unit awards:

			Expense for 12 months ended						Unrecognized Compensation Cost at
Date of Grants	Units Granted	Terms of Vesting	1/31/2015		1/31/2014		1/31/2013		1/31/2015
2011 Stock Incentive Plan
06/24/2014	28,626	1 year	$	49,000	$	—	$	—	$	25,000
06/24/2014	490,000	5 years	171,000		—		—		1,108,000
12/03/2013	10,000	1 year	13,000		6,000		—		—
12/03/2013	18,000	5 years	—		1,000		—		—
06/25/2013	71,430	1 year	50,000		100,000		—		—
06/19/2012	31,250	1 year	—		17,000		33,000		—
06/19/2012	520,000	5 years	157,000		160,000		111,000		366,000
2007 Stock Incentive Plan
06/19/2012	78,125	1 year	—		41,000		82,000		—
03/21/2012	40,000	Immediate	—		—		80,000		—
06/21/2011	68,960	1 year	—		—		67,000		—
06/16/2009	382,500	5 years	62,000		198,000		226,000		—
06/19/2007	262,500	5 years	—		—		99,000		—
Totals for the period			$	502,000	$	523,000	$	698,000	$	1,499,000

A summary of the Company’s restricted stock unit awards activity, and related information for the following years ended January 31, is as follows:

	2015				2014				2013
	Restricted stock units		Weighted- average fair value of restricted stock units		Restricted stock units		Weighted- average fair value of restricted stock units		Restricted stock units		Weighted- average fair value of restricted stock units
Outstanding at beginning of year	544,430		$	1.87	743,375		$	1.89	290,960		$	3.80
Granted	518,626		2.61		99,430		2.07		669,375		1.62
Vested	(232,430	)	2.38		(260,375	)	2.01		(204,960	)	3.63
Forfeited	(18,000	)	2.61		(38,000	)	2.00		(12,000	)	3.5
Outstanding at end of year	812,626		1.87		544,430		1.87		743,375		1.89
Weighted-average fair value of restricted stock units granted during the year			$	2.61			$	2.07			$	1.62

XML

Retirement Plans (Funded Status) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013
Change in Plan Assets
Company contributions	$ 2,400	$ 1,800	$ 2,000
Employee Plan [Member]
Change in Benefit Obligation
Benefit obligation at beg. of year	32,069	32,840
Service cost	0	0
Interest cost	1,260	1,312
Participant contributions		0
Amendments		0
Actuarial losses (gains)	5,962	596
Plan settlement	0	(2,148)
Benefits paid	(1,583)	(531)
Benefit obligation at end of year	37,708	32,069
Change in Plan Assets
Fair value at beg. of year	18,168	16,875
Actual return on plan assets	2,172	2,122
Company contributions	2,430	1,850
Plan settlement	0	(2,148)
Benefits paid	(1,583)	(531)
Fair value at end of year	21,187	18,168
Unfunded status of the plan	(16,521)	(13,901)
Amounts Recognized in Statement of Financial Position
Current liabilities	0	0
Non-current liabilities	(16,521)	(13,901)
Accrued benefit cost	(16,521)	(13,901)
Amounts Recognized in Statement of Financial Position and Operations
Accrued benefit liability	(16,521)	(13,901)
Accumulated other comp. loss (gain)	0	(14,235)
Net amount recognized	(16,521)	334
Items not yet Recognized as a Component of Net Periodic Pension Expense, Included in AOCI
Unrecognized net actuarial loss (gain)	17,992	14,235
Unamortized prior service costs	0	0
Net initial asset recognition	0	0
Net periodic pension expense, included in AOCI	17,992	14,235
VIP Retirement Plan [Member]
Change in Benefit Obligation
Benefit obligation at beg. of year	7,662	8,054
Service cost	0	0
Interest cost	350	330
Participant contributions		0
Amendments		0
Actuarial losses (gains)	2,636	(176)
Plan settlement		0
Benefits paid	(544)	(546)
Benefit obligation at end of year	10,104	7,662
Change in Plan Assets
Fair value at beg. of year	0	0
Actual return on plan assets	0	0
Company contributions	544	546
Plan settlement		0
Benefits paid	(544)	(546)
Fair value at end of year	0	0
Unfunded status of the plan	(10,104)	(7,662)
Amounts Recognized in Statement of Financial Position
Current liabilities	(613)	(584)
Non-current liabilities	(9,491)	(7,078)
Accrued benefit cost	(10,104)	(7,662)
Amounts Recognized in Statement of Financial Position and Operations
Accrued benefit liability	(10,104)	(7,662)
Accumulated other comp. loss (gain)	(4,716)	(2,259)
Net amount recognized	(5,388)	(5,403)
Items not yet Recognized as a Component of Net Periodic Pension Expense, Included in AOCI
Unrecognized net actuarial loss (gain)	4,716	2,259
Unamortized prior service costs	0	0
Net initial asset recognition	0	0
Net periodic pension expense, included in AOCI	4,716	2,259
Directors Plan [Member]
Change in Benefit Obligation
Benefit obligation at beg. of year	439	468
Service cost	0	0
Interest cost	17	18
Participant contributions	0	0
Amendments	0	0
Actuarial losses (gains)	8	(29)
Plan settlement		0
Benefits paid	(36)	(18)
Benefit obligation at end of year	428	439
Change in Plan Assets
Fair value at beg. of year	0	0
Actual return on plan assets	0	0
Company contributions	36	18
Plan settlement		0
Benefits paid	(36)	(18)
Fair value at end of year	0	0
Unfunded status of the plan	(428)	(439)
Amounts Recognized in Statement of Financial Position
Current liabilities	0	(66)
Non-current liabilities	(428)	(373)
Accrued benefit cost	(428)	(439)
Amounts Recognized in Statement of Financial Position and Operations
Accrued benefit liability	(428)	(439)
Accumulated other comp. loss (gain)	0	75
Net amount recognized	(428)	(514)
Items not yet Recognized as a Component of Net Periodic Pension Expense, Included in AOCI
Unrecognized net actuarial loss (gain)	(37)	(75)
Unamortized prior service costs	0	0
Net initial asset recognition	0	0
Net periodic pension expense, included in AOCI	$ (37)	$ (75)

XML

Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (Asset Retirement Obligations) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Asset retirement obligation beginning of period	$ 563	$ 554
Decrease in obligation	0	0
Accretion expense	9	9
Asset retirement obligation end of period	$ 572	$ 563

XML

Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Balance as of beginning of year	$ (13,980)
Amortization of prior service cost (credit)	1,283	1,548	1,629
Net current period other comprehensive (loss) income	(6,254)	2,006	(658)
Balance as of end of year	(20,234)	(13,980)
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Balance as of beginning of year	(13,980)	(15,986)
Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications	(7,537)	458
Amortization of prior service cost (credit)	1,283	1,548
Net current period other comprehensive (loss) income	(6,254)	2,006	(658)
Balance as of end of year	$ (20,234)	$ (13,980)	$ (15,986)

XML

Retirement Plans (401(k) Retirement Plan) (Details) (401(k) Retirement Plan [Member])	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Virco stock held in plan	689,284	771,070
Minimum [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Participant deferral percentage allowance	1.00%
Maximum [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Participant deferral percentage allowance	50.00%

XML

Quarterly Results (Unaudited) (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of quarterly results

The Company’s quarterly results for the years ended January 31, 2015 and 2014, as adjusted, are summarized as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

	Q1			Q2		Q3		Q4
Year ended January 31, 2015
Net sales*	$	23,383		$	53,042	$	62,273	$	25,354
Gross profit*	8,030			20,696		20,672		6,000
Net (loss) income	(3,855		)	5,203		4,632		(5,131		)
Per common share
Net (loss) income**
Basic	$	(0.26	)	$	0.35	$	0.31	$	(0.35	)
Assuming dilution	(0.26		)	0.35		0.31		(0.35		)
Year ended January 31, 2014
Net sales*	$	19,713		$	56,794	$	59,055	$	19,480
Gross profit*	6,232			21,447		20,762		4,113
Net (loss) income	(4,447		)	6,210		3,408		(6,901		)
Per common share
Net (loss) income**
Basic	$	(0.31	)	$	0.43	$	0.23	$	(0.47	)
Assuming dilution	(0.31		)	0.42		0.23		(0.47		)

 ______________________________

* The Company revised the presentation of previously reported amounts to be consistent with the presentation for the year ended January 31, 2015. The changes resulted in decreases to net sales, gross margin and selling, general, and administrative expenses for the quarters ended January 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  

** Net loss per share was calculated based on basic shares outstanding due to the anti-dilutive effect on the inclusion of common stock equivalent shares.

XML

Warranty (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014
Warranty claim activity
Beginning accrued warranty balance	$ 1,000	$ 1,000
Provision	650	600
Provision for (benefits from) prior year	(258)	(220)
Costs incurred	(442)	(380)
Ending accrued warranty balance	$ 950	$ 1,000
Minimum [Member]
Warranty [Line Items]
Product warranty period	5 years
Maximum [Member]
Warranty [Line Items]
Product warranty period	10 years

XML

Contingencies (Minimum Self Insurance Payments) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jan. 31, 2015
Self Insurance, Future Estimated Payments Due
Estimated self insurance payments due in 2015	$ 400
Estimated self insurance payments due in 2016	375
Estimated self insurance payments due in 2017	375
Estimated self insurance payments due in 2018	375
Estimated self insurance payments due in 2019	375
Estimated self insurance payments due thereafter	250
Estimated self insurance payments, gross	2,150
Discount to net present value	(20)
Estimated self insurance payments, net	$ 2,130

XML

Debt (Long-term Debt Repayments) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jan. 31, 2015
Debt Disclosure [Abstract]
2015	$ 3,366
2016	6,153
2017	0
2018	0
2019	0
Thereafter	$ 0

XML

Retirement Plans (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Compensation and Retirement Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of pension plans

The following tables set forth (in thousands) the funded status of the Company’s pension plans at January 31, 2015, and 2014:

	Employee Plan						VIP Plan						Directors Plan
	1/31/2015			1/31/2014			1/31/2015			1/31/2014			1/31/2015			1/31/2014
Change in Benefit Obligation
Benefit obligation at beg. of year	$	32,069		$	32,840		$	7,662		$	8,054		$	439		$	468
Service cost	—			—			—			—			—			—
Interest cost	1,260			1,312			350			330			17			18
Participant contributions				—						—			—			—
Amendments				—						—			—			—
Actuarial losses (gains)	5,962			596			2,636			(176		)	8			(29		)
Plan settlement	—			(2,148		)				—						—
Benefits paid	(1,583		)	(531		)	(544		)	(546		)	(36		)	(18		)
Benefit obligation at end of year	$	37,708		$	32,069		$	10,104		$	7,662		$	428		$	439
Change in Plan Assets
Fair value at beg. of year	$	18,168		$	16,875		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Actual return on plan assets	2,172			2,122			—			—			—			—
Company contributions	2,430			1,850			544			546			36			18
Settlements	—			(2,148		)				—						—
Benefits paid	(1,583		)	(531		)	(544		)	(546		)	(36		)	(18		)
Fair value at end of year	$	21,187		$	18,168		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Funded Status
Unfunded status of the plan	$	(16,521	)	$	(13,901	)	$	(10,104	)	$	(7,662	)	$	(428	)	$	(439	)
Amounts Recognized in Statement of Financial Position
Current liabilities	—			—			(613		)	(584		)	—			(66		)
Non-current liabilities	(16,521		)	(13,901		)	(9,491		)	(7,078		)	(428		)	(373		)
Accrued benefit cost	$	(16,521	)	$	(13,901	)	$	(10,104	)	$	(7,662	)	$	(428	)	$	(439	)
Amounts Recognized in Statement of Financial Position and Operations
Accrued benefit liability	$	(16,521	)	$	(13,901	)	$	(10,104	)	$	(7,662	)	$	(428	)	$	(439	)
Accumulated other comp. loss (gain)	—			14,235			4,716			2,259			—			(75		)
Net amount recognized	$	(16,521	)	$	334		$	(5,388	)	$	(5,403	)	$	(428	)	$	(514	)
Items not yet Recognized as a Component of Net Periodic Pension Expense, Included in AOCI
Unrecognized net actuarial loss (gain)	$	17,992		$	14,235		$	4,716		$	2,259		$	(37	)	$	(75	)
Unamortized prior service costs	—			—			—			—			—			—
Net initial asset recognition	—			—			—			—			—			—
	$	17,992		$	14,235		$	4,716		$	2,259		$	(37	)	$	(75	)

	Employee Plan						VIP Plan						Directors Plan
	1/31/2015			1/31/2014			1/31/2015			1/31/2014			1/31/2015			1/31/2014
Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income
Net loss (gain)	$	4,893		$	(407	)	$	2,636		$	(176	)	$	8		$	(29	)
Prior service cost				—												—
Amortization of (loss) gain	(1,136		)	(2,264		)	(178		)	(222		)	31			14
Amortization of prior service cost (credit)	—			—			—			—			—			—
Amortization of initial asset	—			—			—			—			—			—
Total recognized in other comprehensive (loss) income	$	3,757		$	(2,671	)	$	2,458		$	(398	)	$	39		$	(15	)
Items to be Recognized as a Component of Periodic Pension Cost for next fiscal year
Prior service cost	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Net actuarial loss (gain)	1,529			1,136			484			178			—			(31		)
	$	1,529		$	1,136		$	484		$	178		$	—		$	(31	)
Supplemental Data
Projected benefit obligation	$	37,708		$	32,069		$	10,104		$	7,662		$	428		$	439
Accumulated benefit obligation	37,708			32,069			10,104			7,662			428			439
Fair value of plan assets	21,187			18,168			—			—			—			—
Components of Net Cost
Service cost	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Interest cost	1,260			1,312			350			330			17			18
Expected return on plan assets	(1,102		)	(1,119		)	—			—			—			—
Amortization of transition amount	—			—			—			—			—			—
Recognized (gain) loss due to curtailments	—			—			—			—			—			—
Amortization of prior service cost	—			—			—			—						—
Recognized net actuarial loss	1,136			2,264			178			222			(31		)	(14		)
Benefit cost	$	1,294		$	2,457		$	528		$	552		$	(14	)	$	4
Estimated Future Benefit Payments
FYE 01-31-2016	$	4,789					$	613					$	51
FYE 01-31-2017	2,686						339						48
FYE 01-31-2018	1,619						325						45
FYE 01-31-2019	2,045						350						42
FYE 01-31-2020	1,737						368						39
FYE 01-31-2021 to 2025	11,117						1,916						148
Total	$	23,993					$	3,911					$	373
Weighted Average Assumptions to Determine Benefit Obligations at Year-End
Discount rate	3.25		%	4.25		%	3.50		%	4.75		%	3.25		%	4.25		%
Rate of compensation increase	N/A			N/A			N/A			N/A			N/A			N/A
Weighted Average Assumptions to Determine Net Periodic Pension Cost
Discount rate	4.25		%	4.00		%	4.75		%	4.25		%	4.25		%	4.00		%
Expected return on plan assets	6.50		%	6.50		%	N/A			N/A			N/A			N/A
Rate of compensation increase	N/A			N/A			N/A			N/A			N/A			N/A

Fair value measurements of plan assets

	1/31/2015		1/31/2014
Level 1 Measurement
Cash & Cash Equivalents	$	528	$	372
Common Stock	6,476		5,085
Total Level 1	$	7,004	$	5,457
Level 2 Measurement
Bond Index Fund	$	427	$	354
Core Bond CIT Fund	1,457		1,172
US Aggregate Bond Index Fund	627		355
Large Cap Growth Index Fund	3,610		3,758
Large Cap Value Index Fund	3,561		2,765
Russell 2000 Index Fund	1,499		1,602
International Equity Index Fund	1,653		1,359
Managed Investment Fund	1,075		938
Vanguard MSCI Emerging Markets Fund	274		408
Total Level 2	$	14,183	$	12,711
Level 3 Measurement
None	N/A		N/A

Life insurance liability

The following sets forth the Company's change in death benefits payable during the years ended January 31, 2015 and 2014:

	1/31/2015			1/31/2014
Liability beginning of year	$	2,401,000		$	2,316,000
Accretion expense	104,000			85,000
Present value of death benefits paid	(117,000		)	—
Liability end of year	$	2,388,000		$	2,401,000

XML

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data	Total	Common Stock	Additional Paid-in Capital	Accumulated Deficit	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Balance at Jan. 31, 2012	$ 30,896	$ 144	$ 115,060	$ (68,980)	$ (15,328)
Balance (in shares) at Jan. 31, 2012		14,354,046
Net income (loss)	(3,830)	0	0	(3,830)	0
Pension adjustments, net of tax effect	(658)	0	0	0	(658)
Shares vested and others (in shares)		196,325
Shares vested and others	(86)	2	(88)	0	0
Stock compensation expense	698	0	698	0	0
Balance at Jan. 31, 2013	27,020	146	115,670	(72,810)	(15,986)
Balance (in shares) at Jan. 31, 2013		14,550,371
Net income (loss)	(1,730)	0	0	(1,730)	0
Pension adjustments, net of tax effect	2,006	0	0	0	2,006
Shares vested and others (in shares)		168,043
Shares vested and others	(214)	1	(215)	0	0
Stock compensation expense	523	0	523	0	0
Balance at Jan. 31, 2014	27,605	147	115,978	(74,540)	(13,980)
Balance (in shares) at Jan. 31, 2014		14,718,414
Net income (loss)	849	0	0	849
Pension adjustments, net of tax effect	(6,254)	0	0	0	(6,254)
Shares vested and others (in shares)		134,226
Shares vested and others	(129)	2	(132)	1	0
Stock compensation expense	502	0	502	0	0
Balance at Jan. 31, 2015	$ 22,573	$ 149	$ 116,348	$ (73,690)	$ (20,234)
Balance (in shares) at Jan. 31, 2015		14,852,640

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013
Operating activities
Net income (loss)	$ 849	$ (1,730)	$ (3,830)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	4,408	4,209	4,368
Increase (decrease) in provision for doubtful accounts	115	(6)	(75)
Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment	(2)	(10)	(37)
Deferred income taxes	34	97	66
Stock-based compensation	502	523	698
Defined benefit Plan, recognized net gain (loss) due to settlements and curtailments	0	924	760
Amortization of net actuarial loss for pension plans	1,283	1,548	1,629
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Trade accounts receivable	(2,261)	376	4,057
Other receivables	9	56	293
Inventories	1,101	(2,464)	2,475
Income taxes	(4)	(105)	(930)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	915	(58)	567
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	(5,290)	(3,603)	(2,781)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	1,659	(243)	7,260
Investing activities
Capital expenditures	(3,314)	(3,632)	(2,050)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment	2	19	53
Net investment in life insurance	(70)	(25)	244
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities	(3,382)	(3,638)	(1,753)
Financing activities
Proceeds from long-term debt	33,750	28,851	28,422
Repayment of long-term debt	(32,479)	(24,656)	(35,876)
Common stock repurchased	(129)	(116)	(97)
Cash dividend paid	0	0	0
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	1,142	4,079	(7,551)
Net (decrease) increase in cash	(581)	198	(2,044)
Cash at beginning of year	1,051	853	2,897
Cash at end of year	470	1,051	853
Interest	1,454	1,302	1,556
Income tax, net	$ 46	$ 74	$ 12

XML

Debt

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Debt

Debt

Outstanding balances (in thousands) for the Company’s long-term debt were as follows:

	January 31,
In thousands, except per share data	2015		2014
Revolving credit line	$	9,366	$	8,248
Other	153		—
Total debt	9,519		8,248
Less current portion	3,366		2,248
Non-current portion	$	6,153	$	6,000

On December 22, 2011 (the “Closing Date”), the Company and Virco Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“Virco” and, together with the Company, the “Borrowers”) entered into a Revolving Credit and Security Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and lender (“PNC”). The credit agreement has been amended nine times subsequent to that date, which, among other things, extended the maturity date of the Credit Agreement for three years until December 22, 2017, reduced the maximum availability under the Credit Agreement by $10,000,000 to $50,000,000, modified, eliminated, or waived covenants, amended seasonal advances and established sub-lines for equipment financing.

On March 31, 2015 the Company entered into Amendment No. 9, which retroactively modified the tangible net worth covenant at January 31, 2015 and established quarterly covenants for the fiscal year ending January 31, 2016.

The Credit Agreement provides the Borrowers with a secured revolving line of credit (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) of up to $50,000,000, with seasonal adjustments to the credit limit and subject to borrowing base limitations, and includes a sub-limit of up to $3,000,000 for issuances of letters of credit. The Revolving Credit Facility is an asset-based line of credit that is subject to a borrowing base limitation and generally provides for advances of up to 85% of eligible accounts receivable, plus a percentage equal to the lesser of 60% of the value of eligible inventory or 85% of the liquidation value of eligible inventory, plus an amount ranging from $8,000,000 to $14,000,000 from February 1 through July 31 of each year, minus undrawn amounts of letters of credit and reserves. The Revolving Credit Facility is secured by substantially all of the Borrowers' personal property and certain of the Borrowers' real property. The principal amount outstanding under the Credit Agreement and any accrued and unpaid interest is due no later than December 22, 2017, and the Revolving Credit Facility is subject to certain prepayment penalties upon earlier termination of the Revolving Credit Facility. Prior to the maturity date, principal amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement may be repaid and reborrowed at the option of the Borrowers without premium or penalty, subject to borrowing base limitations, seasonal adjustments and certain other conditions.

The Revolving Credit Facility bears interest, at the Borrowers' option, at either the Alternate Base Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement) or the Eurodollar Currency Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement), in each case plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin for Alternate Base Rate loans is a percentage within a range of 0.75% to 1.75%, and the applicable margin for Eurodollar Currency Rate loans is a percentage within a range of 1.75% to 2.75%, in each case based on the EBITDA of the Borrowers at the end of each fiscal quarter, and may be increased at PNC's option by 2.0% during the continuance of an event of default. Accrued interest with respect to principal amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement is payable in arrears on a monthly basis for Alternative Base Rate loans, and at the end of the applicable interest period but at most every three months for Eurodollar Currency Rate loans.

The Credit Agreement contains a covenant that forbids the Company from issuing dividends or making payments with respect to the Company's capital stock, and contains numerous other covenants that limit under certain circumstances the ability of the Borrowers and their subsidiaries to, among other things, merge with or acquire other entities, incur new liens, incur additional indebtedness, repurchase stock, sell assets outside of the ordinary course of business, enter into transactions with affiliates, or substantially change the general nature of the business of the Borrowers, taken as a whole. The Credit Agreement also requires the Company to maintain the following financial maintenance covenants: (1) a minimum tangible net worth amount, (2) a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, and (3) a minimum EBITDA amount, in each case as of the end of the relevant monthly, quarterly or annual measurement period. As of January 31, 2015 the Credit Agreement required the Company to maintain: (1) a minimum tangible net worth of at least $25,190,000 for the fiscal quarter ending January 31, 2015, (2) a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.00 to 1.00 for the four consecutive fiscal quarters ending January 31, 2015, and (3) a minimum EBITDA amount of $5,512,000 for the twelve consecutive fiscal months ending January 31, 2015. Subsequent to January 31, 2015, the Company entered into Amendment No. 9 to the credit agreement which modified the tangible net worth covenant to $20,565,000.The actual results of the Company with respect to the foregoing financial covenants for the period ending January 31, 2015 were as follows: (1) the Company maintained a tangible net worth of $22,573,000 for the fiscal year ending January 31, 2015, (2) the Company maintained a fixed charge coverage ratio of greater than 1.00 to 1.00 for the four consecutive fiscal quarters ended January 31, 2015, and (3) the Company achieved EBITDA of $7,281,000 for the twelve consecutive fiscal months ending January 31, 2015.

In addition, the Credit Agreement contains a clean down provision that requires the Company to reduce borrowings under the line to less than $6,000,000 for a period of 60 consecutive days each fiscal year. The Company believes that normal operating cash flow will allow it to meet the clean down requirement with no adverse impact on the Company's liquidity.

The Company was in violation of its minimum tangible net worth covenant for the relevant period ending January 31, 2015. However, as noted above, on March 31, 2015 the Company entered into Amendment No. 9, which retroactively modified the tangible net worth covenant at January 31, 2015. The Company was in compliance with the modified covenant. The Company expects to be in compliance for the next fiscal year.

Events of default (subject to certain cure periods and other limitations) under the Credit Agreement include, but are not limited to, (i) non-payment of principal, interest or other amounts due under the Credit Agreement, (ii) the violation of terms, covenants, representations or warranties in the Credit Agreement or related loan documents, (iii) any event of default under agreements governing certain indebtedness of the Borrowers and certain defaults by the Borrowers under other agreements that would materially adversely affect the Borrowers, (iv) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation involving the Borrowers, (v) judgments or judicial actions against the Borrowers in excess of $250,000, subject to certain conditions, (vi) the failure of the Company to comply with Pension Benefit Plans (as defined in the Credit Agreement), (vii) the invalidity of loan documents pertaining to the Credit Agreement, (viii) a change of control of the Borrowers and (ix) the interruption of operations of any of the Borrowers' manufacturing facilities for five consecutive days during the peak season or fifteen consecutive days during any other time, subject to certain conditions.

Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, substantially all of the Borrowers' accounts receivable are automatically and promptly swept to repay amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility upon receipt by the Borrowers. Due to this automatic liquidating nature of the Revolving Credit Facility, if the Borrowers breach any covenant, violate any representation or warranty or suffer any deterioration in their ability to borrow pursuant to the borrowing base calculation, the Borrowers may not have access to cash liquidity unless provided by PNC at its discretion. In addition, certain of the covenants and representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement contain limited or no materiality thresholds, and many of the representations and warranties must be true and correct in all material respects upon each borrowing, which the Borrowers expect to occur on an ongoing basis. There can be no assurance that the Borrowers will be able to comply with all such covenants and be able to continue to make such representations and warranties on an ongoing basis.

The Company's line of credit with PNC is structured to provide seasonal credit availability during the Company's peak summer season. The Company believes that the Revolving Credit Facility will provide sufficient liquidity to meet its capital requirements in the next 12 months. Approximately $10,658,000 was available for borrowing as of January 31, 2015.

As of January 31, 2015, long-term debt repayments are approximately as follows (in thousands):

Year ending January 31,
2016	$	3,366
2017	6,153
2018	—
2019	—
2020	—
Thereafter	—

Management believes that the carrying value of debt approximated fair value at January 31, 2015 and 2014, as all of the long-term debt bears interest at variable rates based on prevailing market conditions.

XML

Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

Business

Virco Mfg. Corporation (the “Company”), which operates in one business segment, is engaged in the design, production and distribution of quality furniture for the commercial and education markets. Over 65 years of manufacturing operations have resulted in a wide product assortment. Major products include mobile tables, mobile storage equipment, desks, computer furniture, chairs, activity tables, folding chairs and folding tables. The Company manufactures its products in Torrance, California, and Conway, Arkansas, for sale primarily in the United States.

The Company operates in a seasonal business, and requires significant amounts of working capital under its credit facility to fund acquisitions of inventory and finance receivables during the summer delivery season. Restrictions imposed by the terms of the Company’s credit facility may limit the Company’s operating and financial flexibility. However, management believes that its existing cash and available borrowings under its credit facility, and any cash generated from operations will be sufficient to fund its working capital requirements, capital expenditures and other obligations through the next 12 months.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Virco Mfg. Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Management Use of Estimates

Preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities - and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities - at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates made by management include, but are not limited to, valuation of inventory; deferred tax assets and liabilities; useful lives of property, plant, and equipment; liabilities under pension, warranty, self-insurance, and environmental claims, revenue recognition; and the accounts receivable allowance for doubtful accounts. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Fiscal Year End

Fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, refer to the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of accounts receivable. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and maintains allowances for potential credit losses. Sales to the Company’s recurring customers are generally made on open account with terms consistent with the industry. Credit is extended based on an evaluation of the customer’s financial condition and payment history. Past due accounts are determined based on how recently payments have been made in relation to the terms granted. Amounts are written off against the allowance in the period that the Company determines that the receivable is not collectable. The Company purchases insurance on receivables from certain commercial customers to minimize the Company’s credit risk. The Company does not typically obtain collateral to secure credit risk. Customers with inadequate credit are required to provide cash in advance or letters of credit. The Company does not assess interest on receivable balances. A substantial percentage of the Company’s receivables come from low-risk government entities. No customer exceeded 10% of the Company’s sales for each of the three years ended January 31, 2015. Foreign sales were approximately 7.7%, 7.5% and 10.0% of the Company’s sales for fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

No single customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s accounts receivable at January 31, 2015 or 2014. Because of the short time between shipment and collection, the net carrying value of receivables approximates the fair value for these assets.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments

The fair values of the Company’s cash, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate their carrying amounts due to their short-term nature.

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are classified in one of the three following categories, which are described below:

Level 1 — Valuations based on unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets in an active market.

Level 2 — Valuations based on quoted prices in markets where trading occurs infrequently or whose values are based on quoted prices of instruments with similar attributes in active markets.

Level 3 — Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and involve management judgment and our own assumptions about market participants and pricing.

Financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis include assets associated with the Virco Employees Retirement Plan.

Inventories

Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market (determined on a first-in, first-out basis) and includes material, labor, and factory overhead. The Company maintains allowances for estimated slow moving and obsolete inventory to reflect the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value. Allowances for slow moving and obsolete inventory are determined through a physical inspection of the product in connection with a physical inventory, a review of slow-moving product, and consideration of active marketing programs. The market for education furniture is traditionally driven by value, not style, and the Company has not typically incurred significant obsolescence expenses. If market conditions are less favorable than those anticipated by management, additional allowances may be required. Due to reductions in sales volume in the past years, the Company’s manufacturing facilities are operating at reduced levels of capacity. The Company records the cost of excess capacity as a period expense, not as a component of capitalized inventory valuation.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation and amortization are computed on the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes based upon the following estimated useful lives:

Land improvements	5 to 25 years
Buildings and building improvements	5 to 40 years
Machinery and equipment	3 to 10 years
Leasehold improvements	shorter of lease or useful life

The Company did not capitalize interest costs as part of the acquisition cost of property, plant and equipment for the years ended January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. The Company capitalizes the cost of significant repairs that extend the life of an asset. Repairs and maintenance that do not extend the life of an asset are expensed as incurred. Repair and maintenance expense was $1,616,000, $1,691,000 and $1,681,000 for fiscal years ended January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense was $4,408,000, $4,209,000 and $4,368,000 for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The Company subleased space at one of its facilities on a month-to-month basis during 2014, 2013 and 2012. Rental income was $40,000 for fiscal 2014, 2013, and 2012.

The Company has established asset retirement obligations related to leased manufacturing facilities in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standard Codification (ASC) Topic 410, “Asset Retirement and Environmental Obligations.” Accrued asset retirement obligations are recorded at net present value and discounted over the life of the lease. Asset retirement obligations, included in other non-current liabilities were $572,000 and $563,000 at January 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

	January 31,
	2015		2014
Balance at beginning of period	$	563,000	$	554,000
Decrease in obligation	—		—
Accretion expense	9,000		9,000
Balance at end of period	$	572,000	$	563,000

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

An impairment loss is recognized in the event facts and circumstances indicate the carrying amount of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable, and an estimate of future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset. Impairment is recorded based on the excess of the carrying amount of the impaired asset over the fair value. Generally, fair value represents the Company’s expected future cash flows from the use of an asset or group of assets, discounted at a rate commensurate with the risks involved. There were no impairments in fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Net Income (Loss) per Share

Basic net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding plus the dilution effect of stock grants. The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted income (loss) per share:

In thousands, except per share data	2014		2013			2012
Numerator
Net income (loss)	$	849	$	(1,730	)	$	(3,830	)
Denominator
Weighted-average shares — basic	14,756		14,620			14,387
Dilutive effect of equity incentive plans	231		—			—
Weighted-average shares — diluted (1)	14,987		14,620			14,387
Net income (loss) per common share
Basic	$	0.06	$	(0.12	)	$	(0.27	)
Diluted	0.06		(0.12		)	(0.27		)

___________________

(1) For fiscal years 2013 and 2012, approximately 180,000 and 119,000 shares of common stock equivalents, respectively, were excluded in the computation of diluted net income per share, as the effect would be anti-dilutive.

Environmental Costs

The Company is subject to numerous environmental laws and regulations in the various jurisdictions in which it operates that (a) govern operations that may have adverse environmental effects, such as the discharge of materials into the environment, as well as handling, storage, transportation and disposal practices for solid and hazardous wastes, and (b) impose liability for response costs and certain damages resulting from past and current spills, disposals or other releases of hazardous materials. Normal, recurring expenses related to operating the Company's factories in a manner that meets or exceeds environmental laws and regulations are matched to the cost of producing inventory.

Despite our efforts to comply with existing laws and regulations, compliance with more stringent laws or regulations, or stricter interpretation of existing laws, may require additional expenditures by us, some of which may be material. We reserve amounts for such matters when expenditures are probable and reasonably estimable.

Costs incurred to investigate and remediate environmental waste are expensed, unless the remediation extends the useful life of the assets employed at the site. At January 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had not capitalized any remediation costs and had not recorded any amortization expense in fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed in the period during which the advertising space is run. Selling, general and administrative expenses include advertising costs of $1,277,000 in 2014, $1,246,000 in 2013, and $1,103,000 in 2012. Prepaid advertising costs reported as an asset on the balance sheet at January 31, 2015 and 2014, were $244,000 and $242,000, respectively.

Product Warranty Expense

The Company provides a product warranty on most products. The standard warranty offered on products sold through January 31, 2005 is five years. Effective February 1, 2005, the standard warranty was increased to 10 years on products sold after February 1, 2005. Effective February 1, 2014 the Company modified its warranty to a limited lifetime warranty. The new warranty effective February, 1, 2014 is not anticipated to have a significant effect on warranty expense. The Company generally provides that customers can return a defective product during the specified warranty period following purchase in exchange for a replacement product or that the Company can repair the product at no charge to the customer. The Company determines whether replacement or repair is appropriate in each circumstance. The Company uses historic data to estimate appropriate levels of warranty reserves. Because product mix, production methods, and raw material sources change over time, historic data may not always provide precise estimates for future warranty expense. The Company recorded warranty reserves of $950,000 and $1,000,000 as of January 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Self-Insurance

In 2014 and 2013, the Company was self-insured for product and general liability losses up to $250,000 per occurrence, for workers’ compensation losses up to $250,000 per occurrence, and for auto liability up to $50,000 per occurrence. Actuaries assist the Company in determining its liability for the self-insured component of claims, which have been discounted to their net present value utilizing a discount rate of 0.50% in 2014 and 0.50% in 2013.

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

The Company recognizes stock-based compensation cost for shares that are expected to vest, on a straight-line basis, over the requisite service period of the award.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax

The following table summarizes the changes in accumulated balances of other comprehensive income (loss) for the year ended January 31, 2015 and 2014:

	January 31,
(in thousands)	2015			2014
Balance as of beginning of year	$	(13,980	)	$	(15,986	)
Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications	(7,537		)	458
Amounts reclassified from AOCI	1,283			1,548
Net current period other comprehensive (loss) income	(6,254		)	2,006
Balance as of end of year	$	(20,234	)	$	(13,980	)

The reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) of $1,283,000 and $1,548,000 for the years ended January 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, related to amortization of actuarial losses.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 605, “Revenue Recognition.” Revenue is recognized when title passes under its various shipping terms, when installation services are complete, and when collectability is reasonably assured. The Company reports sales net of sales returns and allowances, sales taxes imposed by various government authorities, cash discounts and rebate to customers. In most instances, the Company sells furniture on bids and contracts, which may include multiple elements. For sales that include freight to the customer, many sales are delivered on the same day shipped, with an average delivery being in route for 1 to 3 days. Installation, which involves carrying the furniture to the classroom and setting the desks and chairs in place, typically occurs the day the furniture is delivered.

In accordance with ASC 605, 25, “Revenue Recognition - Multiple-Element Arrangements,” revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables are generally accounted for by the Company on a combined unit of accounting as our customers control our ability to deliver and install the furniture, and as a result the furniture delivery and installation are generally provided at the same time. We recognize the consideration for the combined unit of accounting once the final item has been delivered and installed.

Delivery Costs

For the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, shipping and classroom delivery costs of approximately $15,411,000, $14,576,000 and $15,040,000, respectively, were included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

Accounting for Income Taxes

The Company recognizes deferred income taxes under the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 740, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” Deferred income taxes are recognized for differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities at enacted statutory tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance against deferred tax assets is recorded when it is determined to be more likely than not that the asset will not be realized.

Correction of Immaterial Errors

In connection with the preparation of the consolidated financial statements, the Company determined that certain payments directly made to customers, which were previously included in selling, general, and administrative expenses, should instead be reflected as decreases to net sales. The current year Consolidated Statement of Operations properly reflects payments directly made to customers as decreases to net sales. The Company evaluated the impact of this error on prior years’ financial statements and concluded that it was immaterial for the years ended January 31, 2014 and 2013, and for all interim periods within those years. While the amounts included in prior years were considered to be immaterial, the Company elected to revise the presentation of previously reported amounts to be consistent with the presentation for the year ended January 31, 2015. The changes resulted in decreases to net sales, gross margin and selling, general, and administrative expenses of $878,000 and $944,000, for the years ended January 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The unaudited quarterly results included in Note 11 have also been updated to reflect this change for all periods presented.

XML

Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (Correction of Immaterial Errors) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Impact of prior period immaterial error on net sales, gross margin and S,G&A expenses	$ (878,000)	$ (944,000)

XML

Commitments (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Commitments [Abstract]

Minimum future lease payments

Minimum future lease payments (in thousands) for operating leases in effect as of January 31, 2015, are as follows:

Year ending January 31,
2016	$	3,364
2017	4,059
2018	4,541
2019	4,176
2020	4,157
Thereafter	347
Total minimum lease payments	20,644
Less sublease revenues	—
	$	20,644

Rent expense

Rent expense relating to operating leases was as follows (in thousands):

Year ended January 31,
2015	$	6,025
2014	6,555
2013	6,629

XML

Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (Concentration of Credit risk) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Period of Manufacturing Operations	65 years
Sales Revenue, Goods, Net [Member]
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Foreign sales revenue by percent	7.70%	7.50%	10.00%

XML

Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (Product Warranty Expense) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013
Warranty [Line Items]
Accrued warranty balance	950	$ 1,000	$ 1,000
Minimum [Member]
Warranty [Line Items]
Product warranty period	5 years
Maximum [Member]
Warranty [Line Items]
Product warranty period	10 years

XML

Income Taxes (Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014
Deferred tax assets
Accrued vacation and sick leave	$ 1,003	$ 913
Retirement plans	10,887	8,960
Insurance reserves	830	956
Warranty	487	481
Net operating loss carryforwards	13,303	12,494
Intangibles	145	207
Inventory	1,472	1,590
Other	595	907
Total deferred tax assets	28,722	26,508
Deferred tax liabilities
Tax in excess of book depreciation	(1,458)	(1,407)
Other	(85)	(76)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(1,543)	(1,483)
Valuation allowance	(26,399)	(24,210)
Net deferred tax asset	780	815
Deferred Tax Assets, Net, Current	156	203
Long-term deferred tax assets	$ 624	$ 611

XML

Retirement Plans (Life Insurance) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014
Compensation and Retirement Disclosure [Abstract]
Liability for Future Policy Benefits, Life	$ 9,486,000	$ 9,462,000
Life Insurance, Corporate or Bank Owned, Amount	2,950,000
Liability beginning of year	2,401,000	2,316,000
Accretion expense	104,000	85,000
Present value of death benefits paid	(117,000)	0
Liability end of year	2,388,000	2,401,000
Cash surrender value	2,924,000	3,076,000
Company purchase of life insurance for participants	$ 5,696,000	$ 5,990,000

XML

Retirement Plans (Pension Plans, Narrative) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013	Jan. 31, 2016
Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans Table Text Block [Line Items]
Liability for Future Policy Benefits, Life	$ 9,486,000	$ 9,462,000
Restructuring expense	287,000	1,408,000	760,000
Company contributions	2,400,000	1,800,000	2,000,000
Benefit payments	580,000	564,000	561,000
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	22,700,000
Defined Benefit Plan, Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Net Prior Service Cost (Credit), after Tax	20,200,000
Employee Plan [Member]
Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans Table Text Block [Line Items]
Percentage of trust assets managed	70.00%
Liability increase for pension obligations	5,400,000		2,000,000
Company contributions	2,430,000	1,850,000
Accumulated other comprehensive loss net of tax	0	14,235,000
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans, Net Unamortized Gain (Loss) Arising During Period, Net of Tax	(4,893,000)	407,000
Defined Benefit Plan, Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Net Prior Service Cost (Credit), after Tax	0	0
VIP Retirement Plan [Member]
Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans Table Text Block [Line Items]
Benefit of average compensation	50.00%
Benefit of average compensation period	5 years
Cash surrender value	3,311,000	3,238,000
Liability increase for pension obligations	1,700,000		300,000
Company contributions	544,000	546,000
Accumulated other comprehensive loss net of tax	4,716,000	2,259,000
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans, Net Unamortized Gain (Loss) Arising During Period, Net of Tax	(2,636,000)	176,000
Defined Benefit Plan, Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Net Prior Service Cost (Credit), after Tax	0	0
Directors Plan [Member]
Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans Table Text Block [Line Items]
Director years of service	10 years
Liability increase for pension obligations	20,000		10,000
Company contributions	36,000	18,000
Accumulated other comprehensive loss net of tax	0	(75,000)
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans, Net Unamortized Gain (Loss) Arising During Period, Net of Tax	(8,000)	29,000
Defined Benefit Plan, Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Net Prior Service Cost (Credit), after Tax	0	0
Employee Retirement Plan [Member]
Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans Table Text Block [Line Items]
Restructuring expense			760,000
Common Stock [Member] | Employee Plan [Member]
Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans Table Text Block [Line Items]
Long-term asset allocation target	80.00%
Debt Securities [Member] | Employee Plan [Member]
Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans Table Text Block [Line Items]
Long-term asset allocation target	20.00%
Short-term investment funds	14.00%	12.00%
Large Cap Stock [Member] | Employee Plan [Member]
Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans Table Text Block [Line Items]
Long-term asset allocation target	80.00%
Small Cap Stock [Member] | Employee Plan [Member]
Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans Table Text Block [Line Items]
Long-term asset allocation target	30.00%
International Stock [Member] | Employee Plan [Member]
Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans Table Text Block [Line Items]
Long-term asset allocation target	30.00%
Scenario, Forecast [Member]
Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans Table Text Block [Line Items]
Estimated contributions to qualified pension plans for 2015				2,300,000
Estimated future contributions to non-qualified plans for 2015				$ 664,000

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014
Statement of Financial Position [Abstract]
Allowance for doubtful accounts receivables	$ 200	$ 200
Preferred stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Preferred stock, shares authorized	3,000,000	3,000,000
Common stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	25,000,000	25,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	14,852,640	14,718,414
Common stock, shares outstanding	14,852,640	14,718,414

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

The income tax expense (benefit) for the last three years is reconciled to the statutory federal income tax rate using the liability method as follows (in thousands):

	Year ended January 31,
	2015			2014			2013
Statutory	$	312		$	(929	)	$	(1,373	)
State taxes (net of federal tax)	144			(47		)	(124		)
Change in valuation allowance	(248		)	(253		)	1,480
State rate adjustment	(8		)	82			49
Change in unrecognized tax benefits	(19		)	(32		)	(246		)
Other	(112		)	176			5
Income tax expense (benefit)	$	69		$	(1,003	)	$	(209	)

Significant components of the expense (benefit) for income taxes (in thousands) attributed to continuing operations are as follows:

	Year ended January 31,
	2015			2014			2013
Current
Federal	$	—		$	1		$	—
State	35			(24		)	(275		)
	35			(23		)	(275		)
Deferred
Federal	232			(753		)	(1,192		)
State	48			23			(223		)
	280			(730		)	(1,415		)
Change in Valuation Allowance	(246		)	(250		)	1,481
	34			(980		)	66
Income tax expense (benefit)	$	69		$	(1,003	)	$	(209	)

Deferred tax assets and liabilities (in thousands) are comprised of the following:

	Year ended January 31,
	2015			2014
Deferred tax assets
Accrued vacation and sick leave	$	1,003		$	913
Retirement plans	10,887			8,960
Insurance reserves	830			956
Warranty	487			481
Net operating loss carryforwards	13,303			12,494
Intangibles	145			207
Inventory	1,472			1,590
Other	595			907
	$	28,722		$	26,508
Deferred tax liabilities
Tax in excess of book depreciation	$	(1,458	)	$	(1,407	)
Other	(85		)	(76		)
	$	(1,543	)	$	(1,483	)
Valuation allowance	(26,399		)	(24,210		)
Net deferred tax asset	$	780		$	815
Reported as:
Current deferred tax assets	$	156		$	203
Long-term deferred tax assets	624			611

The following table summarizes the activity related to our gross unrecognized tax benefits from February 1, 2013 to January 31, 2015 (in thousands):

	January 31,
	2015			2014
Balances as of February 1,	$	52		$	106
Increases related to prior year tax positions	3			—
Decreases related to prior year tax positions	—			(9		)
Increases related to current year tax positions	6			5
Decreases relating to settlements with taxing authorities	—			(19		)
Decreases related to lapsing of statute of limitations	(25		)	(31		)
Balance as of January 31,	$	36		$	52

At January 31, 2015, the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits associated with uncertain tax positions were $36,000, of which $24,000 if recognized, would favorably affect the effective tax rate.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense which is consistent with the recognition of the items in prior reporting. The Company had recorded a liability for interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits of $6,000 at January 31, 2015, and $16,000 at January 31, 2014. The Company closed its IRS examination for its tax return for the year ended January 31, 2011 with no changes. The Company is currently under IRS examination for the year ended January 31, 2013. No adjustments have been proposed. The years ended January 31, 2012 and forward remain open for examination by the IRS. The fiscal years ended January 31, 2011 and forward remain open for examination by state tax authorities. The Company is not currently under state examination.

During 2014 and 2013, the Company completed Texas income tax examinations of the tax years ending January 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. The examination did not materially impact the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The specific timing of when the resolution of each tax position will be reached is uncertain. As of January 31, 2015, it is reasonably possible that unrecognized tax benefits will decrease by $8,000 within the next 12 months due to the expiration of the statute of limitations.

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income or reversal of deferred tax liabilities during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. The Company considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. A valuation allowance was recorded against the majority of the net deferred tax assets totaling $26,399,000 and $24,210,000 at January 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. At January 31, 2015, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes, expiring at various dates through 2035. At January 31, 2015, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $26,340,000 and $54,332,000, respectively.

XML

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013
Statement of Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Net income (loss)	$ 849	$ (1,730)	$ (3,830)
Other comprehensive (loss) income :
Pension adjustments	(6,254)	2,006	(658)
Comprehensive (loss) income	$ (5,405)	$ 276	$ (4,488)

XML

Commitments (Lease Terms) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015
Manufacturing and Distribution Facility in Torrance, CA [Member]
Property Subject to or Available for Operating Lease [Line Items]
Operating lease period	5 years
Manufacturing Facility in Conway, AR [Member]
Property Subject to or Available for Operating Lease [Line Items]
Operating lease period	10 years

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014
Current assets:
Cash	$ 470	$ 1,051
Trade accounts receivables (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $200 at January 31, 2015 and 2014)	10,614	8,468
Other receivables	43	52
Income tax receivable	267	290
Inventories:
Finished goods	5,602	7,237
Work in process	11,487	11,116
Raw materials and supplies	9,589	9,427
Total inventories	26,678	27,780
Deferred Tax Assets, Net, Current	156	203
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	743	1,795
Total current assets	38,971	39,639
Property, plant and equipment:
Land	1,671	1,671
Land improvements	851	1,185
Buildings and building improvements	47,047	47,271
Machinery and equipment	110,060	115,667
Leasehold improvements	1,909	2,328
Total property, plant and equipment	161,538	168,122
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	126,317	131,817
Net property, plant and equipment	35,221	36,305
Deferred income tax assets, net	624	611
Other assets	6,995	6,789
Total assets	81,811	83,344
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	9,901	12,355
Accrued compensation and employee benefits	4,199	3,594
Current portion of long-term debt	3,366	2,248
Other accrued liabilities	3,939	4,459
Total current liabilities	21,405	22,656
Non-current liabilities:
Accrued self-insurance	1,730	2,025
Accrued retirement benefits	28,986	23,951
Income tax payable	42	69
Non-current portion	6,153	6,000
Other accrued liabilities	922	1,038
Total non-current liabilities	37,833	33,083
Commitments and contingencies
Preferred stock:
Authorized 3,000,000 shares, $.01 par value; none issued or outstanding	0	0
Common stock:
Authorized 25,000,000 shares, $.01 par value; issued and outstanding 14,852,640 shares in 2014 and 14,718,414 shares in 2013	149	147
Additional paid-in capital	116,348	115,978
Accumulated deficit	(73,690)	(74,540)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(20,234)	(13,980)
Total stockholders’ equity	22,573	27,605
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$ 81,811	$ 83,344

XML

Stock-Based Compensation and Stockholders' Rights (Restricted Stock Units) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013
Weighted- average fair value of restricted stock units
Aggregate fair value of stock awards vested during the period	$ 553,000	$ 523,000	$ 744,000
Restricted Stock or Stock Units [Member]
Summary of restricted stock and stock unit awards
Granted	518,626	99,430	669,375
Expense for 12 months ended	502,000	523,000	698,000
Unrecognized compensation at cost	1,499,000
Restricted Stock Units
Beginning balance	544,430	743,375	290,960
Granted	518,626	99,430	669,375
Vested	(232,430)	(260,375)	(204,960)
Forfeited	(18,000)	(38,000)	(12,000)
Ending balance	812,626	544,430	743,375
Weighted- average fair value of restricted stock units
Beginning balance	$ 1.87	$ 1.89	$ 3.80
Granted	$ 2.61	$ 2.07	$ 1.62
Vested	$ 2.38	$ 2.01	$ 3.63
Forfeited	$ 2.61	$ 2.00	$ 3.50
Ending balance	$ 1.87	$ 1.87	$ 1.89
2011 Plan [Member] | Restricted Stock or Stock Units [Member]
Summary of restricted stock and stock unit awards
Granted	518,626
Restricted Stock Units
Granted	518,626
2011 Plan [Member] | Restricted Stock Issued on Six Twenty Four Two Thousand Fourteen Vesting Over One Year [Member]
Summary of restricted stock and stock unit awards
Granted	28,626
Maximum term of stock options	1 year
Expense for 12 months ended	49,000	0	0
Unrecognized compensation at cost	25,000
Restricted Stock Units
Granted	28,626
2011 Plan [Member] | Restricted Stock Issued On Two Thousand fourteen Vesting Over Five Year [Member]
Summary of restricted stock and stock unit awards
Granted	490,000
Maximum term of stock options	5 years
Expense for 12 months ended	171,000	0	0
Unrecognized compensation at cost	1,108,000
Restricted Stock Units
Granted	490,000
2011 Plan [Member] | RestrictedStockIssuedOnTwoThousandThirteenTwelveThreeVestingOverFiveYears [Domain]
Summary of restricted stock and stock unit awards
Granted	18,000
Maximum term of stock options	5 years
Expense for 12 months ended	0	1,000	0
Unrecognized compensation at cost	0
Restricted Stock Units
Granted	18,000
2011 Plan [Member] | 10,000 units of restricted stock issued on 12/3/2013 vesting over 1 year [Member]
Summary of restricted stock and stock unit awards
Granted	10,000
Maximum term of stock options	1 year
Expense for 12 months ended	13,000	6,000	0
Unrecognized compensation at cost	0
Restricted Stock Units
Granted	10,000
2011 Plan [Member] | Restricted Stock Issued on Two Thousand Thirteen Six Twenty Five Vesting Over One Year [Member]
Summary of restricted stock and stock unit awards
Granted	71,430
Maximum term of stock options	1 year
Expense for 12 months ended	50,000	100,000	0
Unrecognized compensation at cost	0
Restricted Stock Units
Granted	71,430
2011 Plan [Member] | Restricted Stock Units Issued On Two Thousand Twelve Six Nineteen Vesting Over One Year [Member]
Summary of restricted stock and stock unit awards
Granted	31,250
Maximum term of stock options	1 year
Expense for 12 months ended	0	17,000	33,000
Unrecognized compensation at cost	0
Restricted Stock Units
Granted	31,250
2011 Plan [Member] | Restricted Stock Issued On Two Thousand Twelve Six Nineteen Vesting Over Five Years [Member]
Summary of restricted stock and stock unit awards
Granted	520,000
Maximum term of stock options	5 years
Expense for 12 months ended	157,000	160,000	111,000
Unrecognized compensation at cost	366,000
Restricted Stock Units
Granted	520,000
2007 Plan [Member] | Grants of Restricted Stock, issued 6/19/2012, vesting over 1 year [Member]
Summary of restricted stock and stock unit awards
Granted	78,125
Maximum term of stock options	1 year
Expense for 12 months ended	0	41,000	82,000
Unrecognized compensation at cost	0
Restricted Stock Units
Granted	78,125
2007 Plan [Member] | 40,000 Grants of Restricted Stock, issued 3/21/2012, vesting immediately [Member]
Summary of restricted stock and stock unit awards
Granted	40,000
Expense for 12 months ended	0	0	80,000
Unrecognized compensation at cost	0
Restricted Stock Units
Granted	40,000
2007 Plan [Member] | 68,960 Grants of Restricted Stock, issued 6/21/2011, vesting over 1 year [Member]
Summary of restricted stock and stock unit awards
Granted	68,960
Maximum term of stock options	1 year
Expense for 12 months ended	0	0	67,000
Unrecognized compensation at cost	0
Restricted Stock Units
Granted	68,960
2007 Plan [Member] | 382,500 Restricted Stock Units, issued 6/16/2009, vesting over 5 years [Member]
Summary of restricted stock and stock unit awards
Granted	382,500
Maximum term of stock options	5 years
Expense for 12 months ended	62,000	198,000	226,000
Unrecognized compensation at cost	0
Restricted Stock Units
Granted	382,500
2007 Plan [Member] | 262,500 Restricted Stock Units, issued 6/19/2007, vesting over 5 years [Member]
Summary of restricted stock and stock unit awards
Granted	262,500
Maximum term of stock options	5 years
Expense for 12 months ended	0	0	99,000
Unrecognized compensation at cost	$ 0
Restricted Stock Units
Granted	262,500

XML

Contingencies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Contingencies [Abstract]

Estimated payments under the self-insurance programs

Estimated payments under the self-insurance programs are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending January 31,
2015	$	400
2016	375
2017	375
2018	375
2019	375
Thereafter	250
Total	2,150
Discount to net present value	(20		)
	$	2,130

XML

Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Depreciation and amortization computed on the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes based upon estimated useful lives

Depreciation and amortization are computed on the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes based upon the following estimated useful lives:

Land improvements	5 to 25 years
Buildings and building improvements	5 to 40 years
Machinery and equipment	3 to 10 years
Leasehold improvements	shorter of lease or useful life

Asset retirement obligations related to leased manufacturing facilities

	January 31,
	2015		2014
Balance at beginning of period	$	563,000	$	554,000
Decrease in obligation	—		—
Accretion expense	9,000		9,000
Balance at end of period	$	572,000	$	563,000

Computation of basic and diluted loss per share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted income (loss) per share:

In thousands, except per share data	2014		2013			2012
Numerator
Net income (loss)	$	849	$	(1,730	)	$	(3,830	)
Denominator
Weighted-average shares — basic	14,756		14,620			14,387
Dilutive effect of equity incentive plans	231		—			—
Weighted-average shares — diluted (1)	14,987		14,620			14,387
Net income (loss) per common share
Basic	$	0.06	$	(0.12	)	$	(0.27	)
Diluted	0.06		(0.12		)	(0.27		)

___________________

(1) For fiscal years 2013 and 2012, approximately 180,000 and 119,000 shares of common stock equivalents, respectively, were excluded in the computation of diluted net income per share, as the effect would be anti-dilutive.

Schedule of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax

The following table summarizes the changes in accumulated balances of other comprehensive income (loss) for the year ended January 31, 2015 and 2014:

	January 31,
(in thousands)	2015			2014
Balance as of beginning of year	$	(13,980	)	$	(15,986	)
Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications	(7,537		)	458
Amounts reclassified from AOCI	1,283			1,548
Net current period other comprehensive (loss) income	(6,254		)	2,006
Balance as of end of year	$	(20,234	)	$	(13,980	)

XML

Debt (Narrative) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2015
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Minimum EBITDA	$ 7,281,000
Revolving credit facility	50,000,000
Sub-limit for issuances of letters of credit	3,000,000
Revolving Credit Facility bears interest increased	2.00%
Minimum fixed charge coverage ratio	1.00
Debt Instrumet, Covenant, Maintained Tangible Net Worth	22,573,000
Provision to reduce borrowings under the line	6,000,000
Provision to reduce borrowings under the line, period	60 days
Judgments or judicial actions against the borrowers in excess	250,000
Accounts receivable [Member]
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Revolving credit facility borrowing base limitation	85.00%
Inventory [Member]
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Revolving credit facility borrowing base limitation	60.00%
Minimum [Member]
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Revolving credit facility	8,000,000
Maximum [Member]
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Revolving credit facility	14,000,000
Maximum [Member] | Accounts receivable [Member]
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Revolving credit facility borrowing base limitation	85.00%
Credit Agreement [Member]
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Minimum EBITDA	5,512,000
Minimum fixed charge coverage ratio	1.00
PNC [Member] | Revolving Credit Facility [Member]
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Remaining borrowing capacity	10,658,000
PNC [Member] | Revolving Credit Facility [Member] | Credit Agreement [Member]
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Minimum tangible net worth covenant	25,190,000
Eurodollar [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Revolving credit facility bears interest range of	1.75%
Eurodollar [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Revolving credit facility bears interest range of	2.75%
Alternate Base Rate Loans [Member] | London Interbank Offered Rate LIBOR [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Revolving credit facility bears interest range of	0.75%
Alternate Base Rate Loans [Member] | London Interbank Offered Rate LIBOR [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Revolving credit facility bears interest range of	1.75%
Subsequent Event [Member]
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Debt Instrumet, Covenant, Maintained Tangible Net Worth		$ 20,565,000

XML

Income Taxes (Components of Income Tax Expense) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013
Current
Federal	$ 0	$ 1	$ 0
State	35	(24)	(275)
Current income tax benefit (expense)	35	(23)	(275)
Deferred
Federal	232	(753)	(1,192)
State	48	23	(223)
Total deferred income taxes	280	(730)	(1,415)
Change in Valuation Allowance	(246)	(250)	1,481
Deferred income taxes	34	(980)	66
Income tax expense (benefit)	$ 69	$ (1,003)	$ (209)

XML

Quarterly Results (Unaudited) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended																12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015		Oct. 31, 2014		Jul. 31, 2014		Apr. 30, 2014		Jan. 31, 2014		Oct. 31, 2013		Jul. 31, 2013		Apr. 30, 2013		Jan. 31, 2015		Jan. 31, 2014		Jan. 31, 2013
Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]
Net sales	$ 25,354	[1]	$ 62,273	[1]	$ 53,042	[1]	$ 23,383	[1]	$ 19,480	[1]	$ 59,055	[1]	$ 56,794	[1]	$ 19,713	[1]	$ 164,052		$ 155,042		$ 157,913
Gross profit	6,000	[1]	20,672	[1]	20,696	[1]	8,030	[1]	4,113	[1]	20,762	[1]	21,447	[1]	6,232	[1]	55,398		52,554		50,609
Net income (loss)	$ (5,131)		$ 4,632		$ 5,203		$ (3,855)		$ (6,901)		$ 3,408		$ 6,210		$ (4,447)		$ 849		$ (1,730)		$ (3,830)
Per common share
Basic (dollar per share)	$ (0.35)	[2]	$ 0.31	[2]	$ 0.35	[2]	$ (0.26)	[2]	$ (0.47)	[2]	$ 0.23	[2]	$ 0.43	[2]	$ (0.31)	[2]	$ 0.06	[3]	$ (0.12)	[3]	$ (0.27)	[3]
Assuming dilution (dollar per share)	$ (0.35)	[2]	$ 0.31	[2]	$ 0.35	[2]	$ (0.26)	[2]	$ (0.47)	[2]	$ 0.23	[2]	$ 0.42	[2]	$ (0.31)	[2]	$ 0.06	[3]	$ (0.12)	[3]	$ (0.27)	[3]

[1] The Company revised the presentation of previously reported amounts to be consistent with the presentation for the year ended January 31, 2015. The changes resulted in decreases to net sales, gross margin and selling, general, and administrative expenses for the quarters ended January 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

[2] Net loss per share was calculated based on basic shares outstanding due to the anti-dilutive effect on the inclusion of common stock equivalent shares.

[3] Net loss per share for fiscal years 2013 and 2012 were calculated based on basic shares outstanding due to the anti-dilutive effect on the inclusion of common stock equivalent shares.

XML

Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (Manufacturing Operations and Shipping Fees) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Shipping and delivery costs	$ 15,411	$ 14,576	$ 15,040

XML

Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (Computation of Basic and Diluted Loss Per Share) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended																12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015		Oct. 31, 2014		Jul. 31, 2014		Apr. 30, 2014		Jan. 31, 2014		Oct. 31, 2013		Jul. 31, 2013		Apr. 30, 2013		Jan. 31, 2015		Jan. 31, 2014		Jan. 31, 2013
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Net income (loss)	$ (5,131)		$ 4,632		$ 5,203		$ (3,855)		$ (6,901)		$ 3,408		$ 6,210		$ (4,447)		$ 849		$ (1,730)		$ (3,830)
Weighted-average shares — basic																	14,756,000		14,620,000		14,387,000
Dilutive effect of equity incentive plans																	231,000		0		0
Weighted-average shares — diluted																	14,987,000	[1]	14,620,000	[1]	14,387,000	[1]
Basic	$ (0.35)	[2]	$ 0.31	[2]	$ 0.35	[2]	$ (0.26)	[2]	$ (0.47)	[2]	$ 0.23	[2]	$ 0.43	[2]	$ (0.31)	[2]	$ 0.06	[3]	$ (0.12)	[3]	$ (0.27)	[3]
Diluted	$ (0.35)	[2]	$ 0.31	[2]	$ 0.35	[2]	$ (0.26)	[2]	$ (0.47)	[2]	$ 0.23	[2]	$ 0.42	[2]	$ (0.31)	[2]	$ 0.06	[3]	$ (0.12)	[3]	$ (0.27)	[3]
Anti-dilutive common stock equivalents																			180,000		119,000

[1] For fiscal years 2013 and 2012, approximately 180,000 and 119,000 shares of common stock equivalents, respectively, were excluded in the computation of diluted net income per share, as the effect would be anti-dilutive.

[2] Net loss per share was calculated based on basic shares outstanding due to the anti-dilutive effect on the inclusion of common stock equivalent shares.

[3] Net loss per share for fiscal years 2013 and 2012 were calculated based on basic shares outstanding due to the anti-dilutive effect on the inclusion of common stock equivalent shares.

XML

Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (Advertising Costs) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Advertising cost	$ 1,277	$ 1,246	$ 1,103
Prepaid advertising costs	$ 244	$ 242

XML

Stock-Based Compensation and Stockholders' Rights

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Stock Based Compensation and Stockholders' Rights

Stock-Based Compensation and Stockholders’ Rights

Stock Incentive Plans

The Company's two stock plans are the 2011 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”) and the 2007 Employee Incentive Stock Plan (the “2007 Plan”). Under the 2011 Plan, the Company may grant an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares to its employees and non-employee directors in the form of stock options or awards. Restricted stock or stock units awarded under the 2011 Plan are expensed ratably over the vesting period of the awards. The Company determines the fair value of its restricted stock unit awards and related compensation expense as the difference between the market value of the awards on the date of grant less the exercise price of the awards granted. The Company granted 518,626 awards during fiscal 2014. As of January 31, 2015, there were approximately 878,694 shares available for future issuance under the 2011 Plan.

Under the 2007 Plan, the Company may grant an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares to its employees and non-employee directors in the form of stock options or awards. Restricted stock or stock units awarded under the 2007 Plan are expensed ratably over the vesting period of the awards. The Company determines the fair value of its restricted stock unit awards and related compensation expense as the difference between the market value of the awards on the date of grant less the exercise price of the awards granted. The Company granted no awards during fiscal 2014. As of January 31, 2015, there were approximately 13,075 shares available for future issuance under the 2007 Plan.

Accounting for the Plans

Restricted Stock Unit Awards

The following table presents a summary of restricted stock and stock unit awards:

			Expense for 12 months ended						Unrecognized Compensation Cost at
Date of Grants	Units Granted	Terms of Vesting	1/31/2015		1/31/2014		1/31/2013		1/31/2015
2011 Stock Incentive Plan
06/24/2014	28,626	1 year	$	49,000	$	—	$	—	$	25,000
06/24/2014	490,000	5 years	171,000		—		—		1,108,000
12/03/2013	10,000	1 year	13,000		6,000		—		—
12/03/2013	18,000	5 years	—		1,000		—		—
06/25/2013	71,430	1 year	50,000		100,000		—		—
06/19/2012	31,250	1 year	—		17,000		33,000		—
06/19/2012	520,000	5 years	157,000		160,000		111,000		366,000
2007 Stock Incentive Plan
06/19/2012	78,125	1 year	—		41,000		82,000		—
03/21/2012	40,000	Immediate	—		—		80,000		—
06/21/2011	68,960	1 year	—		—		67,000		—
06/16/2009	382,500	5 years	62,000		198,000		226,000		—
06/19/2007	262,500	5 years	—		—		99,000		—
Totals for the period			$	502,000	$	523,000	$	698,000	$	1,499,000

A summary of the Company’s restricted stock unit awards activity, and related information for the following years ended January 31, is as follows:

	2015				2014				2013
	Restricted stock units		Weighted- average fair value of restricted stock units		Restricted stock units		Weighted- average fair value of restricted stock units		Restricted stock units		Weighted- average fair value of restricted stock units
Outstanding at beginning of year	544,430		$	1.87	743,375		$	1.89	290,960		$	3.80
Granted	518,626		2.61		99,430		2.07		669,375		1.62
Vested	(232,430	)	2.38		(260,375	)	2.01		(204,960	)	3.63
Forfeited	(18,000	)	2.61		(38,000	)	2.00		(12,000	)	3.5
Outstanding at end of year	812,626		1.87		544,430		1.87		743,375		1.89
Weighted-average fair value of restricted stock units granted during the year			$	2.61			$	2.07			$	1.62

The aggregate fair value of restricted stock unit awards vested during fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $553,000, $523,000 and $744,000, respectively.

XML

Contingencies (Details Textual) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014
Loss Contingencies [Line Items]
Liability retention losses	$ 30,000,000
Expected future losses	2,130,000	2,425,000
Estimated payout period	5 years
Discount rate	0.50%	0.50%
Product and General Liability [Member]
Loss Contingencies [Line Items]
Self insurance reserve	250,000	250,000
Workers Compensation [Member]
Loss Contingencies [Line Items]
Self insurance reserve	250,000	250,000
Automobile Losses [Member]
Loss Contingencies [Line Items]
Self insurance reserve	$ 50,000	$ 50,000

XML

Warranty (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Standard Product Warranty Disclosure [Abstract]

Warranty claim activity

The following is a summary of the Company’s warranty-claim activity during 2014 and 2013.

	January 31,
(In thousands)	2015			2014
Beginning balance	$	1,000		$	1,000
Provision for current year	650			600
Provision for (benefits from) prior year	(258		)	(220		)
Costs incurred	(442		)	(380		)
Ending balance	$	950		$	1,000

XML

Debt (Long-term Debt) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term debt	$ 9,519	$ 8,248
Less current portion	3,366	2,248
Non-current portion	6,153	6,000
Revolving Credit Facility [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term debt	9,366	8,248
Other Debt [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term debt	$ 153	$ 0

XML

Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Contingencies [Abstract]

Contingencies

Contingencies

The Company and other furniture manufacturers are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the discharge of materials into the environment and the generation, handling, storage, transportation and disposal of waste and hazardous materials. The Company has expended, and expects to continue to spend, significant amounts in the future to comply with environmental laws. Normal recurring expenses relating to operating the Company factories in a manner that meets or exceeds environmental laws are matched to the cost of producing inventory. Despite the Company’s significant dedication to operating in compliance with applicable laws, there is a risk that the Company could fail to comply with a regulation or that applicable laws and regulations change. On these occasions, the Company records liabilities for remediation costs when remediation costs are probable and can be reasonably estimated.

The Company is subject to contingencies pursuant to environmental laws and regulations that in the future may require the Company to take action to correct the effects on the environment of prior disposal practices or releases of chemical or petroleum substances by the Company or other parties.

The Company has a self-insured retention for product and general liability losses up to $250,000 per occurrence, workers’ compensation liability losses up to $250,000 per occurrence, and for automobile liability losses up to $50,000 per occurrence. The Company has purchased insurance to cover losses in excess of the retention up to a limit of $30,000,000. The Company has obtained an actuarial estimate of its total expected future losses for liability claims and recorded a liability equal to the net present value of $2,130,000 and $2,425,000 at January 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, based upon the Company’s estimated payout period of five years using a 0.5% and 0.5% discount rate, respectively.

Workers’ compensation, automobile, general and product liability claims may be asserted in the future for events not currently known by management. Management does not anticipate that any related settlement, after consideration of the existing reserve for claims incurred and potential insurance recovery, would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Estimated payments under the self-insurance programs are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending January 31,
2015	$	400
2016	375
2017	375
2018	375
2019	375
Thereafter	250
Total	2,150
Discount to net present value	(20		)
	$	2,130

The Company and its subsidiaries are defendants in various legal proceedings resulting from operations in the normal course of business. It is the opinion of management, in consultation with legal counsel, that the ultimate outcome of all such matters will not materially affect the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

XML

Retirement Plans

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Compensation and Retirement Disclosure [Abstract]

Retirement Plans

Retirement Plans

Pension Plans

The Company maintains three defined benefit pension plans, the Virco Employees Retirement Plan (“Employee Plan”), the Virco Important Performers Retirement Plan (“VIP Plan”), and the Non-Employee Directors Retirement Plan (“Directors Plan”). The Company and its subsidiaries cover all employees hired prior to December 31, 2003 under the Employee Plan, which is a qualified noncontributory defined benefit retirement plan. Benefits under the Employee Plan are based on years of service and career average earnings. Benefit accruals under the Employee Plan were frozen effective December 31, 2003.

The Company also provides a supplementary retirement plan for certain key employees, the VIP Plan. The VIP Plan provides a benefit up to 50% of average compensation for the last five years in the VIP Plan, offset by benefits earned under the Employee Plan. Benefit accruals under the VIP Plan were frozen effective December 31, 2003. The VIP Plan benefits are secured by a life insurance program. Substantially all assets securing the VIP Plan are held in a rabbi trust. These cash surrender values are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. The cash surrender values of the policies securing the VIP Plan were $3,311,000 and $3,238,000 at January 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Death benefits payable under life insurance policies held by the Plan were approximately $9,486,000 and $9,462,000 at January 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company maintains a rabbi trust to hold assets related to the VIP Retirement Plan and a Split $ Life Insurance Plan.

In April 2001, the Board of Directors established the Directors Plan, a non-qualified plan for non-employee directors of the Company. The Directors Plan provides a lifetime annual retirement benefit equal to the director’s annual retainer fee for the

fiscal year in which the director terminates his or her position with the board, subject to the director providing 10 years of service to the Company. Benefit accruals under the Directors Plan were frozen effective December 31, 2003. At January 31, 2015, the Directors Plan did not hold any assets.

The annual measurement date for all plans for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 is January 31. Effective December 31, 2003, the Company froze all future benefit accruals under the plans. Employees can continue to vest under the benefits earned to date, but no covered participants will earn additional benefits under the plan freeze.

Accounting policy regarding pensions requires management to make complex and subjective estimates and assumptions relating to amounts which are inherently uncertain. Three primary economic assumptions influence the reported values of plan liabilities and pension costs. The Company takes the following factors into consideration: discount rate, assumed rate of return and rate of increase in compensation.

The discount rate represents an estimate of the rate of return on a portfolio of high-quality fixed-income securities that would provide cash flows that match the expected benefit payment stream from the plans. When setting the discount rate, the Company utilizes a spot-rate yield curve developed from high-quality bonds currently available which reflects changes in rates that have occurred over the past year. This assumption is sensitive to movements in market rates that have occurred since the preceding valuation date, and therefore, may change from year to year.

Because the Company froze future benefit accruals for all three defined benefit plans, the compensation increase assumption had no impact on pension expense, accumulated benefit obligation or projected benefit obligation for the period ended January 31, 2015, 2014 or 2013.

The assumed rate of return on plan assets represents an estimate of long-term returns available to investors who hold a mixture of stocks, bonds, and cash equivalent securities. When setting its expected return on plan asset assumptions, the Company considers long-term rates of return on various asset classes (both historical and forecasted, using data collected from various sources generally regarded as authoritative) in the context of expected long-term average asset allocations for its defined benefit pension plan. Two of the Company's defined benefit pension plans (the VIP Plan and the Directors Plan) are executive benefit plans that are not funded and are subject to the Company's creditors. Because these plans are not funded, the assumed rate of return has no impact on pension expense or the funded status of the plans.

The Company maintains a trust for and funds the pension obligations for the Employee Plan. The board of directors appoints a Retirement Plan Committee that establishes a policy for investment and funding strategies. Approximately 70% of the trust assets are managed by investment advisors and held in common trust funds with the balance managed by the Retirement Plan Committee. The Retirement Plan Committee has established target asset allocations for its investment advisors, who invest the trust assets in a variety of institutional collective trust funds. The long-term asset allocation target provided to the investment advisors is 80% stock and 20% bond, with maximum allocations of 80% large cap stocks, 30% small cap stocks, and 30% international stock. The Company has established a custom benchmark derived from a variety of stock and bond indices that are weighted to approximate the asset allocation provided to the investment advisors. The investment advisors' performance is compared to the custom index as part of the evaluation of the investment advisors' performance. The Retirement Plan Committee receives monthly reports from the investment advisors and meets periodically with them to discuss investment performance.

At January 31, 2015 and 2014, the amount of the plan assets invested in bond or short-term investment funds was 14% and 12%, respectively, and the balance of the trust was held in equity funds or investments. The trust does not hold any Company stock.

During 2012 the pension plans were impacted by a reduction in discount rates and by a reduction in force. A reduction in the discount rate caused the liability for pension obligations to increase by approximately $2.0 million, $0.3 million, and $10,000 for the Employee Plan, the VIP Plan, and the Directors Plan, respectively. The increase in liability resulted in a comparable increase to AOCI. As part of a cost reduction plan, the Company offered benefits to employees who severed their employment with the Company. The severance benefits were paid in cash and did not include any additional benefits payable from retirement plan, the benefit formula was structured to reward employees with significant years of service, the same employees who would have earned benefits prior to the Employee Plan freeze in 2003. As a result of large distributions paid from the Employee Plan, a $760,000 settlement charge for the Employee Plan was recorded in the fourth quarter.

During 2013 the pension plans were impacted by a reduction in force. Although the severance benefits were paid in cash and did not include any additional benefits payable from a retirement plan, the severance included employees with vested pension benefits. The pension trust made significant lump sum distributions to participants in the latter part of the year, resulting in settlement charges in the third and fourth quarters. During 2013, the pension liability decreased due to increased discount rates.

During 2014, the pension plans were impacted severely by a material decrease in discount rates and by application of a new mortality table. A reduction in the discount rate caused pension obligations to increase by $5.4 million, $1.7 million, and $0.02 million for the Employee Plan, VIP Plan, and Director Plan, respectively.

It is the Company's policy to contribute adequate funds to the trust accounts to cover benefit payments under the VIP Plan and Directors Plan and to maintain the funded status of the Employee Plan at a level which is adequate to avoid significant restrictions to the Employee Plan under the Pension Protection Act of 2006. The Company contributed $2.4 million, $1.8 million, and $2.0 million, to the trust in 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. Contributions during 2015 will depend upon actual investment results and benefit payments, but are anticipated to be approximately $2.3 million. During 2014, 2013, and 2012, the Company paid approximately $580,000, $564,000 and $561,000 respectively, in benefits per year under the non-qualified plans. It is anticipated that contributions to non-qualified plans will be approximately $664,000 for 2015. At January 31, 2015, accumulated other comprehensive loss of approximately $22.7 million ($20.2 million net of tax) is attributable to the pension plans.

The following tables set forth (in thousands) the funded status of the Company’s pension plans at January 31, 2015, and 2014:

	Employee Plan						VIP Plan						Directors Plan
	1/31/2015			1/31/2014			1/31/2015			1/31/2014			1/31/2015			1/31/2014
Change in Benefit Obligation
Benefit obligation at beg. of year	$	32,069		$	32,840		$	7,662		$	8,054		$	439		$	468
Service cost	—			—			—			—			—			—
Interest cost	1,260			1,312			350			330			17			18
Participant contributions				—						—			—			—
Amendments				—						—			—			—
Actuarial losses (gains)	5,962			596			2,636			(176		)	8			(29		)
Plan settlement	—			(2,148		)				—						—
Benefits paid	(1,583		)	(531		)	(544		)	(546		)	(36		)	(18		)
Benefit obligation at end of year	$	37,708		$	32,069		$	10,104		$	7,662		$	428		$	439
Change in Plan Assets
Fair value at beg. of year	$	18,168		$	16,875		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Actual return on plan assets	2,172			2,122			—			—			—			—
Company contributions	2,430			1,850			544			546			36			18
Settlements	—			(2,148		)				—						—
Benefits paid	(1,583		)	(531		)	(544		)	(546		)	(36		)	(18		)
Fair value at end of year	$	21,187		$	18,168		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Funded Status
Unfunded status of the plan	$	(16,521	)	$	(13,901	)	$	(10,104	)	$	(7,662	)	$	(428	)	$	(439	)
Amounts Recognized in Statement of Financial Position
Current liabilities	—			—			(613		)	(584		)	—			(66		)
Non-current liabilities	(16,521		)	(13,901		)	(9,491		)	(7,078		)	(428		)	(373		)
Accrued benefit cost	$	(16,521	)	$	(13,901	)	$	(10,104	)	$	(7,662	)	$	(428	)	$	(439	)
Amounts Recognized in Statement of Financial Position and Operations
Accrued benefit liability	$	(16,521	)	$	(13,901	)	$	(10,104	)	$	(7,662	)	$	(428	)	$	(439	)
Accumulated other comp. loss (gain)	—			14,235			4,716			2,259			—			(75		)
Net amount recognized	$	(16,521	)	$	334		$	(5,388	)	$	(5,403	)	$	(428	)	$	(514	)
Items not yet Recognized as a Component of Net Periodic Pension Expense, Included in AOCI
Unrecognized net actuarial loss (gain)	$	17,992		$	14,235		$	4,716		$	2,259		$	(37	)	$	(75	)
Unamortized prior service costs	—			—			—			—			—			—
Net initial asset recognition	—			—			—			—			—			—
	$	17,992		$	14,235		$	4,716		$	2,259		$	(37	)	$	(75	)

	Employee Plan						VIP Plan						Directors Plan
	1/31/2015			1/31/2014			1/31/2015			1/31/2014			1/31/2015			1/31/2014
Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income
Net loss (gain)	$	4,893		$	(407	)	$	2,636		$	(176	)	$	8		$	(29	)
Prior service cost				—												—
Amortization of (loss) gain	(1,136		)	(2,264		)	(178		)	(222		)	31			14
Amortization of prior service cost (credit)	—			—			—			—			—			—
Amortization of initial asset	—			—			—			—			—			—
Total recognized in other comprehensive (loss) income	$	3,757		$	(2,671	)	$	2,458		$	(398	)	$	39		$	(15	)
Items to be Recognized as a Component of Periodic Pension Cost for next fiscal year
Prior service cost	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Net actuarial loss (gain)	1,529			1,136			484			178			—			(31		)
	$	1,529		$	1,136		$	484		$	178		$	—		$	(31	)
Supplemental Data
Projected benefit obligation	$	37,708		$	32,069		$	10,104		$	7,662		$	428		$	439
Accumulated benefit obligation	37,708			32,069			10,104			7,662			428			439
Fair value of plan assets	21,187			18,168			—			—			—			—
Components of Net Cost
Service cost	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Interest cost	1,260			1,312			350			330			17			18
Expected return on plan assets	(1,102		)	(1,119		)	—			—			—			—
Amortization of transition amount	—			—			—			—			—			—
Recognized (gain) loss due to curtailments	—			—			—			—			—			—
Amortization of prior service cost	—			—			—			—						—
Recognized net actuarial loss	1,136			2,264			178			222			(31		)	(14		)
Benefit cost	$	1,294		$	2,457		$	528		$	552		$	(14	)	$	4
Estimated Future Benefit Payments
FYE 01-31-2016	$	4,789					$	613					$	51
FYE 01-31-2017	2,686						339						48
FYE 01-31-2018	1,619						325						45
FYE 01-31-2019	2,045						350						42
FYE 01-31-2020	1,737						368						39
FYE 01-31-2021 to 2025	11,117						1,916						148
Total	$	23,993					$	3,911					$	373
Weighted Average Assumptions to Determine Benefit Obligations at Year-End
Discount rate	3.25		%	4.25		%	3.50		%	4.75		%	3.25		%	4.25		%
Rate of compensation increase	N/A			N/A			N/A			N/A			N/A			N/A
Weighted Average Assumptions to Determine Net Periodic Pension Cost
Discount rate	4.25		%	4.00		%	4.75		%	4.25		%	4.25		%	4.00		%
Expected return on plan assets	6.50		%	6.50		%	N/A			N/A			N/A			N/A
Rate of compensation increase	N/A			N/A			N/A			N/A			N/A			N/A

Fair Value Measurements of Plan Assets

Employee Plan

	1/31/2015		1/31/2014
Level 1 Measurement
Cash & Cash Equivalents	$	528	$	372
Common Stock	6,476		5,085
Total Level 1	$	7,004	$	5,457
Level 2 Measurement
Bond Index Fund	$	427	$	354
Core Bond CIT Fund	1,457		1,172
US Aggregate Bond Index Fund	627		355
Large Cap Growth Index Fund	3,610		3,758
Large Cap Value Index Fund	3,561		2,765
Russell 2000 Index Fund	1,499		1,602
International Equity Index Fund	1,653		1,359
Managed Investment Fund	1,075		938
Vanguard MSCI Emerging Markets Fund	274		408
Total Level 2	$	14,183	$	12,711
Level 3 Measurement
None	N/A		N/A

401(k) Retirement Plan

The Company’s retirement plan, which covers all U.S. employees, allows participants to defer from 1% to 50% of their eligible compensation through a 401(k) retirement program. Through December 31, 2001, the plan included an employee stock ownership component. The plan continues to include Virco stock as one of the investment options. At January 31, 2015 and 2014, the plan held 689,284 shares and 771,070 shares of Virco stock, respectively. For the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015, the Company made a small contribution to employees enrolled in the Plan in connection with an auto enrollment program. For the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015 and 2014, there was no employer match and therefore no compensation cost to the Company.

Life Insurance

The Company provided post-retirement life insurance to certain retired employees under the Dual Option Life Insurance Plan. Effective January 2004, the Company terminated this plan for active employees. The Company has purchased split-dollar life insurance on the lives of the covered participants. Death benefits due to participants are approximately $2,950,000. Cash surrender values of these policies, which are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets, were $2,924,000 and $3,076,000 at January 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Death benefits payable under the policies were approximately $5,696,000 and $5,990,000 at January 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Death benefits received under the Plan in excess of the benefit obligation will be retained in the trust and used to secure and fund benefits payable under the VIP Pension Plan. The Company maintains a rabbi trust to hold assets related to the Dual Option Life Insurance Plan. All assets securing this plan are held in the rabbi trust.

The following sets forth the Company's change in death benefits payable during the years ended January 31, 2015 and 2014:

	1/31/2015			1/31/2014
Liability beginning of year	$	2,401,000		$	2,316,000
Accretion expense	104,000			85,000
Present value of death benefits paid	(117,000		)	—
Liability end of year	$	2,388,000		$	2,401,000

XML

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Parentheticals) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013
Statement of Stockholders' Equity [Abstract]
Pension adjustment tax effects	$ 0	$ 1,078	$ 0

XML

Stock-Based Compensation and Stockholders' Rights (Textual) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Aggregate fair value of stock awards vested during the period	$ 553	$ 523	$ 744
Preferred stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Restricted Stock or Stock Units [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Granted during the year	518,626	99,430	669,375
Restricted Stock or Stock Units [Member] | 2007 Plan [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Grant of stock option or awards	1,000,000
Stock available for future issuance	13,075
Restricted Stock or Stock Units [Member] | 2011 Plan [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Granted during the year	518,626
Stock available for future issuance	878,694

XML

Retirement Plans (Periodic Pension Cost) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013
Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income
Amortization of prior service cost (credit)	$ 1,283	$ 1,548	$ 1,629
Total recognized in other Comprehensive Income	6,254	(2,006)	658
Items not yet Recognized as a Component of Net Periodic Pension Expense, Included in AOCI
Defined Benefit Plan, Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Net Prior Service Cost (Credit), after Tax	20,200
Employee Plan [Member]
Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income
Net loss (gain)	4,893	(407)
Prior service cost		0
Defined Benefit Plan, Amortization of Gains (Losses)	(1,136)	(2,264)
Amortization of prior service cost (credit)	0	0
Amortization of initial asset	0	0
Total recognized in other Comprehensive Income	3,757	(2,671)
Items not yet Recognized as a Component of Net Periodic Pension Expense, Included in AOCI
Defined Benefit Plan, Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Net Prior Service Cost (Credit), after Tax	0	0
Net actuarial loss (gain)	1,529	1,136
Net periodic pension cost	1,529	1,136
Projected benefit obligation	37,708	32,069	32,840
Accumulated benefit obligation	37,708	32,069
Fair value of plan assets	21,187	18,168	16,875
Components of Net Cost
Service cost	0	0
Interest cost	1,260	1,312
Expected return on plan assets	1,102	1,119
Amortization of transition amount	0	0
Recognized (gain) loss due to curtailments	0	0
Amortization of prior service cost	0	0
Recognized net actuarial loss	1,136	2,264
Benefit cost	1,294	2,457
Estimated Future Benefit Payments
FYE 01-31-2016	4,789
FYE 01-31-2017	2,686
FYE 01-31-2018	1,619
FYE 01-31-2019	2,045
FYE 01-31-2020	1,737
FYE 01-31-2021 to 2025	11,117
Total	23,993
Weighted Average Assumptions to Determine Benefit Obligations at Year-End
Discount rate	3.25%	4.25%
Weighted Average Assumptions to Determine Net Periodic Pension Cost
Discount rate	4.25%	4.00%
Expected return on plan assets	6.50%	6.50%
VIP Retirement Plan [Member]
Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income
Net loss (gain)	2,636	(176)
Prior service cost
Defined Benefit Plan, Amortization of Gains (Losses)	(178)	(222)
Amortization of prior service cost (credit)	0	0
Amortization of initial asset	0	0
Total recognized in other Comprehensive Income	2,458	(398)
Items not yet Recognized as a Component of Net Periodic Pension Expense, Included in AOCI
Defined Benefit Plan, Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Net Prior Service Cost (Credit), after Tax	0	0
Net actuarial loss (gain)	484	178
Net periodic pension cost	484	178
Projected benefit obligation	10,104	7,662	8,054
Accumulated benefit obligation	10,104	7,662
Fair value of plan assets	0	0	0
Components of Net Cost
Service cost	0	0
Interest cost	350	330
Expected return on plan assets	0	0
Amortization of transition amount	0	0
Recognized (gain) loss due to curtailments	0	0
Amortization of prior service cost	0	0
Recognized net actuarial loss	178	222
Benefit cost	528	552
Estimated Future Benefit Payments
FYE 01-31-2016	613
FYE 01-31-2017	339
FYE 01-31-2018	325
FYE 01-31-2019	350
FYE 01-31-2020	368
FYE 01-31-2021 to 2025	1,916
Total	3,911
Weighted Average Assumptions to Determine Benefit Obligations at Year-End
Discount rate	3.50%	4.75%
Weighted Average Assumptions to Determine Net Periodic Pension Cost
Discount rate	4.75%	4.25%
Directors Plan [Member]
Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income
Net loss (gain)	8	(29)
Prior service cost		0
Defined Benefit Plan, Amortization of Gains (Losses)	31	14
Amortization of prior service cost (credit)	0	0
Amortization of initial asset	0	0
Total recognized in other Comprehensive Income	39	(15)
Items not yet Recognized as a Component of Net Periodic Pension Expense, Included in AOCI
Defined Benefit Plan, Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Net Prior Service Cost (Credit), after Tax	0	0
Net actuarial loss (gain)	0	(31)
Net periodic pension cost	0	(31)
Projected benefit obligation	428	439	468
Accumulated benefit obligation	428	439
Fair value of plan assets	0	0	0
Components of Net Cost
Service cost	0	0
Interest cost	17	18
Expected return on plan assets	0	0
Amortization of transition amount	0	0
Recognized (gain) loss due to curtailments	0	0
Recognized net actuarial loss	(31)	(14)
Benefit cost	(14)	4
Estimated Future Benefit Payments
FYE 01-31-2016	51
FYE 01-31-2017	48
FYE 01-31-2018	45
FYE 01-31-2019	42
FYE 01-31-2020	39
FYE 01-31-2021 to 2025	148
Total	$ 373
Weighted Average Assumptions to Determine Benefit Obligations at Year-End
Discount rate	3.25%	4.25%
Weighted Average Assumptions to Determine Net Periodic Pension Cost
Discount rate	4.25%	4.00%

XML

Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (Property, Plant, and Equipment) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Repair and maintenance	$ 1,616,000	$ 1,691,000	$ 1,681,000
Depreciation and amortization expense	4,408,000	4,209,000	4,368,000
Rental income	$ 40,000	$ 40,000	$ 40,000
Land Improvements [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, useful life	5 years
Land Improvements [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, useful life	25 years
Buildings and building improvements [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, useful life	5 years
Buildings and building improvements [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, useful life	40 years
Machinery and equipment [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, useful life	3 years
Machinery and equipment [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, useful life	10 years

XML

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Valuation Allowances and Reserves, Beginning Balance	$ 200	$ 275	$ 350
Valuation Allowances and Reserves, Charged to (Reduced from) Expenses	115	3	75
Valuation Allowances and Reserves, Deductions from Reserves	115	78	150
Valuation Allowances and Reserves, Ending Balance	200	200	275
Warranty reserve
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Valuation Allowances and Reserves, Beginning Balance	1,000	1,000	1,400
Valuation Allowances and Reserves, Charged to (Reduced from) Expenses	442	380	140
Valuation Allowances and Reserves, Deductions from Reserves	492	380	540
Valuation Allowances and Reserves, Ending Balance	950	1,000	1,000
Product, general, workers’ compensation and automobile liability reserves
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Valuation Allowances and Reserves, Beginning Balance	2,425	2,985	2,915
Valuation Allowances and Reserves, Charged to (Reduced from) Expenses	0	0	70
Valuation Allowances and Reserves, Deductions from Reserves	295	560	0
Valuation Allowances and Reserves, Ending Balance	2,130	2,425	2,985
Deferred tax valuation allowance
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Valuation Allowances and Reserves, Beginning Balance	24,210	24,601	22,859
Valuation Allowances and Reserves, Charged to (Reduced from) Expenses	2,189	0	1,742
Valuation Allowances and Reserves, Deductions from Reserves	0	391	0
Valuation Allowances and Reserves, Ending Balance	$ 26,399	$ 24,210	$ 24,601

XML

Commitments (Minimum Future Lease Payments) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jan. 31, 2015
Operating Leases, Future Minimum Payments Due
Operating leases payments due 2016	$ 3,364
Operating leases payments due 2017	4,059
Operating leases payments due 2018	4,541
Operating leases payments due 2019	4,176
Operating leases payments due 2020	4,157
Operating leases payments due Thereafter	347
Total minimum lease payments	20,644
Less sublease revenues	0
Total	$ 20,644

XML

Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]

Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

The Company’s quarterly results for the years ended January 31, 2015 and 2014, as adjusted, are summarized as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

	Q1			Q2		Q3		Q4
Year ended January 31, 2015
Net sales*	$	23,383		$	53,042	$	62,273	$	25,354
Gross profit*	8,030			20,696		20,672		6,000
Net (loss) income	(3,855		)	5,203		4,632		(5,131		)
Per common share
Net (loss) income**
Basic	$	(0.26	)	$	0.35	$	0.31	$	(0.35	)
Assuming dilution	(0.26		)	0.35		0.31		(0.35		)
Year ended January 31, 2014
Net sales*	$	19,713		$	56,794	$	59,055	$	19,480
Gross profit*	6,232			21,447		20,762		4,113
Net (loss) income	(4,447		)	6,210		3,408		(6,901		)
Per common share
Net (loss) income**
Basic	$	(0.31	)	$	0.43	$	0.23	$	(0.47	)
Assuming dilution	(0.31		)	0.42		0.23		(0.47		)

 ______________________________

* The Company revised the presentation of previously reported amounts to be consistent with the presentation for the year ended January 31, 2015. The changes resulted in decreases to net sales, gross margin and selling, general, and administrative expenses for the quarters ended January 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  

** Net loss per share was calculated based on basic shares outstanding due to the anti-dilutive effect on the inclusion of common stock equivalent shares.

XML

Commitments

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Commitments [Abstract]

Commitments

Commitments

The Company has operating leases on real property and equipment that expire at various dates. The Torrance, CA manufacturing and distribution facility is leased under a 5-year operating lease that expires on February 28, 2020. One of the Conway, AR manufacturing facilities is leased under a 10-year operating lease that expires on March 31, 2018. The Company leases machinery and equipment under a 5-year operating lease arrangement. The Company has the option of buying out the assets at the end of the lease period. The Company leases trucks, automobiles, and forklifts under operating leases that include certain fleet management and maintenance services. Certain of the leases contain renewal or purchase options and require payment for property taxes and insurance. The Company records rent expense on a straight-line basis based on contractual lease payments. Allowances from lessors for tenant improvements have been included in the straight-line rent expense for applicable locations. Tenant improvements are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining life of the applicable lease.

Minimum future lease payments (in thousands) for operating leases in effect as of January 31, 2015, are as follows:

Year ending January 31,
2016	$	3,364
2017	4,059
2018	4,541
2019	4,176
2020	4,157
Thereafter	347
Total minimum lease payments	20,644
Less sublease revenues	—
	$	20,644

Rent expense relating to operating leases was as follows (in thousands):

Year ended January 31,
2015	$	6,025
2014	6,555
2013	6,629

The Company has issued purchase commitments for raw materials at January 31, 2015, of approximately $9,664,000. There were no commitments in excess of normal operating requirements.

XML

New Accounting Pronouncements (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

New Accounting Pronouncements and Changes in Accounting Principles [Abstract]

New Accounting Pronouncements

New Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers ("ASU 2014-09")an updated standard on revenue recognition. This ASU will supersede the revenue recognition requirements in Accounting Standards Codification Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, and most industry-specific guidance.  ASU 2014-09 provides enhancements to the quality and consistency of how revenue is reported while also improving comparability in the financial statements of companies reporting using US GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards.  The core principle of the new standard is for companies to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in amounts that reflect the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In doing so the Company may be required to use more judgment and make more estimates than under current authoritative guidance. ASU 2014-09 will be effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2017 and may be applied on a full retrospective or modified retrospective approach. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements-Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40), Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. This standard sets forth management’s responsibility to evaluate, each reporting period, whether there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, and if so, to provide related footnote disclosures. The standard is effective for annual and interim reporting periods ending after December 15, 2016.  We are currently evaluating this new standard and expect it to have no impact on our financial position and results of operations.

XML

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (Notes)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts [Abstract]

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

VIRCO MFG. CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES

FOR THE YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013

(In Thousands)

Col. A	Col. B Beginning Balance		Col. C Charged to (Reduced from) Expenses		Col. E Deductions from Reserves		Col. F Ending Balance
Allowance for doubtful accounts for the period ended:
January 31, 2015	$	200	$	115	$	115	$	200
January 31, 2014	$	275	$	3	$	78	$	200
January 31, 2013	$	350	$	75	$	150	$	275
Warranty reserve for the period ended:
January 31, 2015	$	1,000	$	442	$	492	$	950
January 31, 2014	$	1,000	$	380	$	380	$	1,000
January 31, 2013	$	1,400	$	140	$	540	$	1,000
Product, general, workers’ compensation and automobile liability reserves for the period ended:
January 31, 2015	$	2,425	$	—	$	295	$	2,130
January 31, 2014	$	2,985	$	—	$	560	$	2,425
January 31, 2013	$	2,915	$	70	$	—	$	2,985
Deferred tax valuation allowance for the period ended:
January 31, 2015	$	24,210	$	2,189	$	—	$	26,399
January 31, 2014	$	24,601	$	—	$	391	$	24,210
January 31, 2013	$	22,859	$	1,742	$	—	$	24,601

All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions, are inapplicable, or are included in the Financial Statements or Notes thereto, and therefore are not required to be presented under this Item.

XML

Document and Entity Information (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Apr. 01, 2015	Jul. 31, 2014
Document and Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	VIRCO MFG CORPORATION
Entity Central Index Key	0000751365
Document Type	10-K
Document Period End Date	Jan. 31, 2015
Amendment Flag	false
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2014
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--01-31
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Smaller Reporting Company
Entity Public Float			$ 36
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		14,852,640

XML

Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Principles of Consolidation

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Virco Mfg. Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Management Use of Estimates

Management Use of Estimates

Preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities - and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities - at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates made by management include, but are not limited to, valuation of inventory; deferred tax assets and liabilities; useful lives of property, plant, and equipment; liabilities under pension, warranty, self-insurance, and environmental claims, revenue recognition; and the accounts receivable allowance for doubtful accounts. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Fiscal Year End

Fiscal Year End

Fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, refer to the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of accounts receivable. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and maintains allowances for potential credit losses. Sales to the Company’s recurring customers are generally made on open account with terms consistent with the industry. Credit is extended based on an evaluation of the customer’s financial condition and payment history. Past due accounts are determined based on how recently payments have been made in relation to the terms granted. Amounts are written off against the allowance in the period that the Company determines that the receivable is not collectable. The Company purchases insurance on receivables from certain commercial customers to minimize the Company’s credit risk. The Company does not typically obtain collateral to secure credit risk. Customers with inadequate credit are required to provide cash in advance or letters of credit. The Company does not assess interest on receivable balances. A substantial percentage of the Company’s receivables come from low-risk government entities. No customer exceeded 10% of the Company’s sales for each of the three years ended January 31, 2015. Foreign sales were approximately 7.7%, 7.5% and 10.0% of the Company’s sales for fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

No single customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s accounts receivable at January 31, 2015 or 2014. Because of the short time between shipment and collection, the net carrying value of receivables approximates the fair value for these assets.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments

Fair Values of Financial Instruments

The fair values of the Company’s cash, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate their carrying amounts due to their short-term nature.

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are classified in one of the three following categories, which are described below:

Level 1 — Valuations based on unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets in an active market.

Level 2 — Valuations based on quoted prices in markets where trading occurs infrequently or whose values are based on quoted prices of instruments with similar attributes in active markets.

Level 3 — Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and involve management judgment and our own assumptions about market participants and pricing.

Inventories

Inventories

Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market (determined on a first-in, first-out basis) and includes material, labor, and factory overhead. The Company maintains allowances for estimated slow moving and obsolete inventory to reflect the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value. Allowances for slow moving and obsolete inventory are determined through a physical inspection of the product in connection with a physical inventory, a review of slow-moving product, and consideration of active marketing programs. The market for education furniture is traditionally driven by value, not style, and the Company has not typically incurred significant obsolescence expenses. If market conditions are less favorable than those anticipated by management, additional allowances may be required. Due to reductions in sales volume in the past years, the Company’s manufacturing facilities are operating at reduced levels of capacity. The Company records the cost of excess capacity as a period expense, not as a component of capitalized inventory valuation.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation and amortization are computed on the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes based upon the following estimated useful lives:

Land improvements	5 to 25 years
Buildings and building improvements	5 to 40 years
Machinery and equipment	3 to 10 years
Leasehold improvements	shorter of lease or useful life

The Company did not capitalize interest costs as part of the acquisition cost of property, plant and equipment for the years ended January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. The Company capitalizes the cost of significant repairs that extend the life of an asset. Repairs and maintenance that do not extend the life of an asset are expensed as incurred. Repair and maintenance expense was $1,616,000, $1,691,000 and $1,681,000 for fiscal years ended January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense was $4,408,000, $4,209,000 and $4,368,000 for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The Company subleased space at one of its facilities on a month-to-month basis during 2014, 2013 and 2012. Rental income was $40,000 for fiscal 2014, 2013, and 2012.

The Company has established asset retirement obligations related to leased manufacturing facilities in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standard Codification (ASC) Topic 410, “Asset Retirement and Environmental Obligations.” Accrued asset retirement obligations are recorded at net present value and discounted over the life of the lease. Asset retirement obligations, included in other non-current liabilities were $572,000 and $563,000 at January 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

	January 31,
	2015		2014
Balance at beginning of period	$	563,000	$	554,000
Decrease in obligation	—		—
Accretion expense	9,000		9,000
Balance at end of period	$	572,000	$	563,000

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

An impairment loss is recognized in the event facts and circumstances indicate the carrying amount of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable, and an estimate of future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset. Impairment is recorded based on the excess of the carrying amount of the impaired asset over the fair value. Generally, fair value represents the Company’s expected future cash flows from the use of an asset or group of assets, discounted at a rate commensurate with the risks involved.

Net Loss per Share

Net Income (Loss) per Share

Basic net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding plus the dilution effect of stock grants. The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted income (loss) per share:

In thousands, except per share data	2014		2013			2012
Numerator
Net income (loss)	$	849	$	(1,730	)	$	(3,830	)
Denominator
Weighted-average shares — basic	14,756		14,620			14,387
Dilutive effect of equity incentive plans	231		—			—
Weighted-average shares — diluted (1)	14,987		14,620			14,387
Net income (loss) per common share
Basic	$	0.06	$	(0.12	)	$	(0.27	)
Diluted	0.06		(0.12		)	(0.27		)

___________________

(1) For fiscal years 2013 and 2012, approximately 180,000 and 119,000 shares of common stock equivalents, respectively, were excluded in the computation of diluted net income per share, as the effect would be anti-dilutive.

Environmental Costs

Environmental Costs

The Company is subject to numerous environmental laws and regulations in the various jurisdictions in which it operates that (a) govern operations that may have adverse environmental effects, such as the discharge of materials into the environment, as well as handling, storage, transportation and disposal practices for solid and hazardous wastes, and (b) impose liability for response costs and certain damages resulting from past and current spills, disposals or other releases of hazardous materials. Normal, recurring expenses related to operating the Company's factories in a manner that meets or exceeds environmental laws and regulations are matched to the cost of producing inventory.

Despite our efforts to comply with existing laws and regulations, compliance with more stringent laws or regulations, or stricter interpretation of existing laws, may require additional expenditures by us, some of which may be material. We reserve amounts for such matters when expenditures are probable and reasonably estimable.

Costs incurred to investigate and remediate environmental waste are expensed, unless the remediation extends the useful life of the assets employed at the site. At January 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had not capitalized any remediation costs and had not recorded any amortization expense in fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Advertising Costs

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed in the period during which the advertising space is run. Selling, general and administrative expenses include advertising costs of $1,277,000 in 2014, $1,246,000 in 2013, and $1,103,000 in 2012. Prepaid advertising costs reported as an asset on the balance sheet at January 31, 2015 and 2014, were $244,000 and $242,000, respectively.

Product Warranty Expense

Product Warranty Expense

The Company provides a product warranty on most products. The standard warranty offered on products sold through January 31, 2005 is five years. Effective February 1, 2005, the standard warranty was increased to 10 years on products sold after February 1, 2005. Effective February 1, 2014 the Company modified its warranty to a limited lifetime warranty. The new warranty effective February, 1, 2014 is not anticipated to have a significant effect on warranty expense. The Company generally provides that customers can return a defective product during the specified warranty period following purchase in exchange for a replacement product or that the Company can repair the product at no charge to the customer. The Company determines whether replacement or repair is appropriate in each circumstance. The Company uses historic data to estimate appropriate levels of warranty reserves. Because product mix, production methods, and raw material sources change over time, historic data may not always provide precise estimates for future warranty expense. The Company recorded warranty reserves of $950,000 and $1,000,000 as of January 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Self-Insurance

Self-Insurance

In 2014 and 2013, the Company was self-insured for product and general liability losses up to $250,000 per occurrence, for workers’ compensation losses up to $250,000 per occurrence, and for auto liability up to $50,000 per occurrence. Actuaries assist the Company in determining its liability for the self-insured component of claims, which have been discounted to their net present value utilizing a discount rate of 0.50% in 2014 and 0.50% in 2013.

Share-based Compensation Plans

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

The Company recognizes stock-based compensation cost for shares that are expected to vest, on a straight-line basis, over the requisite service period of the award.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 605, “Revenue Recognition.” Revenue is recognized when title passes under its various shipping terms, when installation services are complete, and when collectability is reasonably assured. The Company reports sales net of sales returns and allowances, sales taxes imposed by various government authorities, cash discounts and rebate to customers. In most instances, the Company sells furniture on bids and contracts, which may include multiple elements. For sales that include freight to the customer, many sales are delivered on the same day shipped, with an average delivery being in route for 1 to 3 days. Installation, which involves carrying the furniture to the classroom and setting the desks and chairs in place, typically occurs the day the furniture is delivered.

In accordance with ASC 605, 25, “Revenue Recognition - Multiple-Element Arrangements,” revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables are generally accounted for by the Company on a combined unit of accounting as our customers control our ability to deliver and install the furniture, and as a result the furniture delivery and installation are generally provided at the same time. We recognize the consideration for the combined unit of accounting once the final item has been delivered and installed.

Delivery Costs

Delivery Costs

For the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, shipping and classroom delivery costs of approximately $15,411,000, $14,576,000 and $15,040,000, respectively, were included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

Accounting for Income Taxes

Accounting for Income Taxes

The Company recognizes deferred income taxes under the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 740, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” Deferred income taxes are recognized for differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities at enacted statutory tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance against deferred tax assets is recorded when it is determined to be more likely than not that the asset will not be realized.

Correction of Immaterial Errors

Correction of Immaterial Errors

In connection with the preparation of the consolidated financial statements, the Company determined that certain payments directly made to customers, which were previously included in selling, general, and administrative expenses, should instead be reflected as decreases to net sales. The current year Consolidated Statement of Operations properly reflects payments directly made to customers as decreases to net sales. The Company evaluated the impact of this error on prior years’ financial statements and concluded that it was immaterial for the years ended January 31, 2014 and 2013, and for all interim periods within those years. While the amounts included in prior years were considered to be immaterial, the Company elected to revise the presentation of previously reported amounts to be consistent with the presentation for the year ended January 31, 2015. The changes resulted in decreases to net sales, gross margin and selling, general, and administrative expenses of $878,000 and $944,000, for the years ended January 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The unaudited quarterly results included in Note 11 have also been updated to reflect this change for all periods presented.

XML

Commitments (Purchase Commitments) (Details) (Raw Materials [Member], USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015
Raw Materials [Member]
Long-term Purchase Commitment [Line Items]
Purchase commitment	$ 9,664,000

XML

Commitments (Rent Expense) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2013
Commitments [Abstract]
Rent expense	$ 6,025	$ 6,555	$ 6,629